diff options
| author | Egoitz Rodriguez <egoitzro@gmail.com> | 2014-12-19 18:14:08 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Egoitz Rodriguez <egoitzro@gmail.com> | 2014-12-19 18:14:08 +0100 |
| commit | 5b3514465117e9acfe42059eb7f315af4d1cd440 (patch) | |
| tree | adfa3262231cfc0b1ccf8779376da7844ba06441 | |
| parent | 68a7a4451e86e90b5cb6b716cdcf8937307f1fbb (diff) | |
| download | tools-5b3514465117e9acfe42059eb7f315af4d1cd440.tar tools-5b3514465117e9acfe42059eb7f315af4d1cd440.tar.gz tools-5b3514465117e9acfe42059eb7f315af4d1cd440.tar.bz2 tools-5b3514465117e9acfe42059eb7f315af4d1cd440.tar.xz tools-5b3514465117e9acfe42059eb7f315af4d1cd440.zip | |
Update Spanish translation of mcc-help
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/mcc-help/es.po | 4358 |
1 files changed, 2054 insertions, 2304 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/es.po b/docs/mcc-help/es.po index 587a8333..29016202 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/es.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/es.po @@ -1,14 +1,17 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 -# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fito@libreoffice.org>, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fito@libreoffice.org>, 2014 +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fito@libreoffice.org>, 2014 # motitos, 2013 # Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 # Diego Bello <dbello@gmail.com>, 2013 # Eduardo Vidal <evidal86@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>, 2014 # Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 # Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 # fraescaya10 <fraescaya10@gmail.com>, 2014 @@ -18,23 +21,24 @@ # melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>, 2014 # melissamorae <melimora14@gmail.com>, 2014 # Miguel Ortega, 2013 +# motitos, 2013 # Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 # Jose Manuel López <rocholc@hotmail.com>, 2013 # tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014 +# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-30 20:33+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-13 22:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"es/)\n" -"Language: es\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-19 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -47,7 +51,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos WebDAV" msgid "diskdrake --dav" msgstr "diskdrake --dav" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" @@ -55,11 +60,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 @@ -67,10 +70,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " -"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " -"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." +msgstr "Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 @@ -90,12 +90,7 @@ msgid "" "appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " "WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " "server." -msgstr "" -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un " -"protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para " -"que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota " -"tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con " -"esta herramienta." +msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> es un protocolo que permite montar un directorio de un servidor localmente, para que aparezca como un directorio local. Es necesario que la máquina remota tenga un servidor WebDAV. No se pretende configurar un servidor WebDAV con esta herramienta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -108,11 +103,7 @@ msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " "any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " "Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." -msgstr "" -"La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya " -"configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo " -"para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo " -"de la nueva pantalla." +msgstr "La primera pantalla de esta herramienta muestra las entradas ya configuradas, si las hay, y un botón <guibutton>Nuevo</guibutton>. Úselo para crear una nueva entrada. Escriba la dirección del servidor en el campo de la nueva pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -120,16 +111,12 @@ msgid "" "Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " "with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " "<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " -"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " -"it, if needed." -msgstr "" -"Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con " -"la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en " -"<guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el " -"<guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es " -"posible corregirla, si es necesario." +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct" +" it, if needed." +msgstr "Luego aparece una pantalla para seleccionar algunas acciones. Continúe con la acción <guibutton>Punto de montaje </guibutton> haciendo clic en <guibutton>Aceptar</guibutton> después de seleccionar el botón, ya que el <guibutton>Servidor</guibutton> ya ha sido configurado. Sin embargo, es posible corregirla, si es necesario." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" @@ -139,20 +126,17 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" msgid "" "The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " "point." -msgstr "" -"El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." +msgstr "El contenido del directorio remoto estará accesible en este punto de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 msgid "" "In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." -msgstr "" -"En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita " -"otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "En el siguiente paso, escriba su nombre de usuario y contraseña. Si necesita otras opciones, las puede facilitar en la pantalla <guibutton>avanzada</guibutton>." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" @@ -162,27 +146,19 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" msgid "" "The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " "access." -msgstr "" -"La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el " -"acceso." +msgstr "La opción <guibutton>Montar</guibutton> le permite montar inmediatamente el acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" -"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " -"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " -"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " -"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " -"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." -msgstr "" -"Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</" -"guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de " -"montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se " -"le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/" -"fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté " -"disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola " -"vez, no la guarde." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " +"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your " +"new mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you" +" are asked whether or not to save the modifications in " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " +"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " +"one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "Después de que aceptara la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, la primera pantalla se muestra de nuevo y el nuevo punto de montaje está en la lista. Después de elegir <guibutton>Salir</guibutton>, se le preguntará si desea o no guardar las modificaciones en <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Elija esta opción si desea que el directorio remoto esté disponible en cada arranque. Si la configuración es para uso de una sola vez, no la guarde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -194,7 +170,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir sus particiones de disco" msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" @@ -202,11 +179,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -215,20 +190,14 @@ msgid "" "administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." -msgstr "" -"Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite " -"al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus " -"subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden " -"tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." +msgstr "Esta sencilla herramienta <Placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite al administrador, compartir con otros usuarios partes de sus subdirectorios / home con otros usuarios de una misma red local que pueden tener equipos en los que el sistema operativo sea Linux o Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " -"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, " -"etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled" +" \"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña Disco local, etiquetado como \"Compartir sus particiones\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -237,20 +206,11 @@ msgid "" "share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " "sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " "<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " -"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " -"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " -"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for" +" the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their" +" directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." -msgstr "" -"Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle " -"a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga " -"click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para " -"todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</" -"guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en " -"<guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si " -"para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus " -"directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado " -"automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." +msgstr "Primero, responda la siguiente pregunta: \"<guilabel>¿Le gustaría permitirle a los usuarios compartir algunos de sus directorios?</guilabel>\", haga click en <guibutton>No compartir</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para todos los usuarios, haga click en <guibutton>Permitir todos los usuarios</guibutton> para autorizar a todos los usuarios, o haga click en <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> si la respuesta es no para algunos y si para otros. En este último caso, los usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios deben pertenecer al grupo Fileshare, el que será creado automáticamente por el sistema. Más adelante se le preguntará sobre esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -261,14 +221,7 @@ msgid "" "the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " "Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " "required packages will be installed if necessary." -msgstr "" -"Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le " -"pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</" -"guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema " -"operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye " -"computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán " -"inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." +msgstr "Click en <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, y aparecerá una segunda ventana la que le pedirá que elija entre <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> y <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. Tilde <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> si Linux es el único sistema operativo en la red, o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> si la red incluye computadores con Linux y Windows. A continuación haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Los paquetes requeridos se instalarán inmediatamente, si fuera necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -278,37 +231,24 @@ msgid "" "you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " "group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " "then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " -"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " -"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" -msgstr "" -"Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción " -"Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta " -"herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios " -"autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click " -"en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</" -"guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link " -"ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information" +" about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "Se ha completado la configuración, a menos que haya elegido la opción Personalizar. En este caso, una ventana le pedirá que abra Userdrake. Esta herramienta le permitirá agregar en el grupo Fileshare a aquellos usuarios autorizados a compartir sus directorios. En la solapa Usuario, haga click en el usuario para agregar al grupo Fileshare, luego en <guimenuitem>Editar</guimenuitem>, en la solapa Grupos. Marque el grupo y haga click en <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Para más información sobre Userdrake, vea <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">esta página</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 msgid "" "When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " "reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y " -"reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." +msgstr "Al agregar un nuevo usuario al grupo FIleshare, debe desconectar y reconectar la red para que las modificaciones se hagan efectivas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 msgid "" -"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " -"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her" +" file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " "have this facility." -msgstr "" -"De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir " -"en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos " -"estos tengan esa capacidad." +msgstr "De aquí en más, cada usuario perteneciente al grupo Fileshare puede elegir en su administrador de archivos, qué directorios compartir, aunque no todos estos tengan esa capacidad." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 @@ -326,7 +266,8 @@ msgstr "Acceder a directorios y discos compartidos por NFS" msgid "diskdrake --nfs" msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" @@ -339,11 +280,9 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos tecleando <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -352,16 +291,9 @@ msgid "" "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " "systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " -"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " -"user with tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. " -"El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la " -"mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará " -"disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos " -"también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier " -"administrador de archivos." +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a" +" user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar directorios accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es NFS, el que se encuentra disponible en la mayoría de los sistemas Linux o Unix. El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 @@ -373,21 +305,17 @@ msgstr "Procedimiento" msgid "" "Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " "which share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " -"de servidores que comparten directorios." +msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 msgid "" "Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para " -"mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea " -"acceder." +msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" @@ -395,13 +323,12 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 msgid "" -"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " -"to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " -"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have" +" to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" @@ -412,18 +339,16 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " "change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." -msgstr "" -"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. " -"También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, " -"desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para " -"desmontarlo. " +msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, usted puede proceder a montarlo. También puede verificar las opciones disponibles, así como modificarlas, desde el botón de <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>. Use el mismo botón para desmontarlo. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" @@ -433,17 +358,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" msgid "" "On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " "a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " -"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " -"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the" +" network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " "browser, for example in Dolphin." -msgstr "" -"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se " -"mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/" -"fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es " -"accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de " -"archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> se mostrará un mensaje preguntando \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones a /etc/fstab ?\". Esto hará disponible el directorio en cada arranque, si la red es accesible. El nuevo directorio estará entonces disponible en su navegador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" @@ -458,7 +379,8 @@ msgstr "Grabadora CD/DVD" msgid "diskdrake --removable" msgstr "diskdrake --removable" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" @@ -466,11 +388,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 @@ -478,11 +398,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " "Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " "removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en " -"la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el " -"nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lecto-grabadores de CD/DVD y " -"diskettes)." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>se encuentra en la solapa Discos locales en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetado con el nombre de su hardware removible (solamente lector-grabadores de CD/DVD y diskettes)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 @@ -496,11 +412,7 @@ msgid "" "the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " "Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware " -"y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior " -"para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón " -"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "En la parte superior de la ventana hay una breve descripción de su hardware y de las opciones de montaje elegidas. Use el menú en la parte inferior para cambiarlas. Tilde los elementos para cambiar y haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 @@ -511,9 +423,7 @@ msgstr "Punto de montaje" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 msgid "" "Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." -msgstr "" -"Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/" -"cdrom." +msgstr "Marque esta opción para cambiar el punto de montaje. Por defecto es /media/cdrom." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 @@ -523,11 +433,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 msgid "" -"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " -"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" -msgstr "" -"Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a " -"través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the" +" <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "Muchas opciones de montaje pueden seleccionarse aquí mismo en la lista o a través del submenú <guilabel>Avanzadas</guilabel>. Las más importantes son:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 @@ -540,10 +448,7 @@ msgid "" "user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " "option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " "the only one who can umount it." -msgstr "" -"La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta " -"opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el " -"único que puede desmontarlo." +msgstr "La opción user permite a un usuario no root montar un disco extraíble. Esta opción implica noexec, nosuid y nodev. El usuario que montó el disco es el único que puede desmontarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 @@ -558,11 +463,9 @@ msgstr "diskdrake --smb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 @@ -571,54 +474,40 @@ msgid "" "which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " "systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " -"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " -"tools such as file browsers." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios " -"de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los " -"sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el " -"arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse " -"directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with" +" tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite declarar aquellos directorios que estarán accesibles para todos los usuarios de la computadora. El protocolo usado para esto es SMB, común entre los sistemas Windows(TM). El directorio compartido estará disponible desde el arranque del sistema. Los directorios compartidos también pueden accederse directamente mediante el uso de cualquier administrador de archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 msgid "" "Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " "available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los " -"servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "Antes de arrancar la herramienta, es buena idea declarar los nombres de los servidores disponibles, por ejemplo con <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 msgid "" -"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " -"share directories." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista " -"de servidores que comparten directorios." +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who" +" share directories." +msgstr "Seleccione <guibutton>buscar servidores</guibutton> para obtener una lista de servidores que comparten directorios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 msgid "" "Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " "list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor " -"para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que " -"desea acceder." +msgstr "Haga click en el símbolo > que aparece delante del nombre del servidor para mostrar una lista de los directorios compartidos y elegir aquél al que desea acceder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 msgid "" "The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " "have to specify where to mount the directory." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá " -"especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Punto de montaje</guibutton> estará disponible y deberá especificar donde quiere montar el directorio." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png" @@ -629,10 +518,7 @@ msgid "" "After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " "button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " "<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con " -"<guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar " -"algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." +msgstr "Después de elegir el punto de montaje, este puede ser montado con <guimenu>Botón de montaje</guimenu>. También puede verificar y cambiar algunas de las opciones con el botón <guibutton>Opciones</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 @@ -640,17 +526,16 @@ msgid "" "In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " "connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " "with the same button." -msgstr "" -"En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos " -"con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el " -"directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." +msgstr "En opciones, puede especificar el nombre de usuario y password de aquellos con capacidad de conectarse al servidor SMB. Después de montar el directorio, puede desmontarlo usando el mismo botón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" @@ -661,15 +546,12 @@ msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." -msgstr "" -"Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, " -"aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones " -"en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada " -"arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su " -"administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " +"dolphin." +msgstr "Al aceptar la configuración con el botón <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton>, aparecerá un mensaje preguntándole si \"¿Quiere guardar las modificaciones en /etc/fstab?\". Esto hará que el directorio esté disponible desde cada arranque si la red está accesible. El nuevo directorio será visible en su administrador de archivos, por ejemplo en Dolphin." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png" @@ -684,7 +566,8 @@ msgstr "Efectos de escritorio 3D" msgid "drak3d" msgstr "drak3d" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:10 msgid "drak3d.png" msgstr "drak3d.png" @@ -692,11 +575,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:17 @@ -704,10 +585,7 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " "desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " "default." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se " -"encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite administrar los efectos 3D del escritorio de su sistema operativo. Estos se encuentran deshabilitados por defecto. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:25 @@ -720,40 +598,30 @@ msgid "" "To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " "package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " "start." -msgstr "" -"Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. " -"Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de " -"poder iniciar drak3d. " +msgstr "Para usar esta herramienta se necesita tener el paquete glxinfo instalado. Si el paquete no estuviera instalado, se le pedirá que lo instale antes de poder iniciar drak3d. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:31 msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" -"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " -"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." -msgstr "" -"Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir " -"<guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</" -"guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición " -"de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para " -"su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " +"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " +"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " +"it on." +msgstr "Antes de iniciar drak3d, aparecerá un menú. Desde el podrá elegir <guilabel>Sin efectos 3D de escritorio</guilabel> o <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compìz Fusion es parte del administrador/gestor de composición de ventanas, el que incluye efectos especiales acelerados por hardware para su escritorio. Elija <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> para habilitarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:38 msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " -"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" -"guibutton> button to continue." -msgstr "" -"Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación " -"limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes " -"deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el " -"botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be" +" installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "Si esta es la primera vez que usa este programa después de una instalación limpia de Mageia, va a recibir un mensaje de alerta indicándole que paquetes deberán ser instalados para poder usar Compiz Fusion. Haga click en el botón <guibutton>OK</guibutton> para continuar." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:45 msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" @@ -764,20 +632,14 @@ msgid "" "Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " "Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " "for the changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que " -"Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios " -"surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." +msgstr "Una vez que los paquetes necesarios fueron instalados, podrá comprobar que Compiz Fusion aparece elegido en el menú de drak3d. Para que los cambios surtan efecto deberá desloguear y loguear nuevamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:53 msgid "" "After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " "Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." -msgstr "" -"Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para " -"configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig " -"Settings Manager)." +msgstr "Después de loguear nuevamente, Compiz Fusion se encontrará activado. Para configurar Compiz Fusion vea la página de ayuda de ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drak3d.xml:59 @@ -795,13 +657,10 @@ msgid "" "If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " "but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " "screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." -msgstr "" -"Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el " -"escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la " -"pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y " -"elija drak3d. " +msgstr "Si después de haber habilitado Compiz Fusion no puede visualizar el escritorio al loguear nuevamente, reinicie su computadora para volver a la pantalla de logueo. Una vez allí haga click en el ícono del Escritorio y elija drak3d. " -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -811,13 +670,9 @@ msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgid "" "When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " "prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " -"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " -"log in problem." -msgstr "" -"Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se " -"le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una " -"cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado " -"el problema." +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the" +" log in problem." +msgstr "Cuando vuelva a loguear, si su cuenta tiene privilegios de administrador, se le solicitará que ingrese su contraseña nuevamente. Caso contrario, use una cuenta de administrador para deshacer los cambios que pudieran haber causado el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakauth.xml:9 @@ -829,7 +684,8 @@ msgstr "Autenticación" msgid "drakauth" msgstr "drakauth" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakauth.xml:16 msgid "drakauth.png" msgstr "drakauth.png" @@ -837,21 +693,16 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " -"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta " -"computadora en la red." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the" +" manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite modificar la forma en la que será reconocido como usuario de esta computadora en la red." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:25 @@ -859,10 +710,7 @@ msgid "" "By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " "computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " "and give information about that." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su " -"computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite " -"y le da instrucciones para ello." +msgstr "Por defecto, la información de autenticación se almacena en un archivo en su computadora. Modifíquela solamente si su administrador de red se lo permite y le da instrucciones para ello." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3 @@ -874,7 +722,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el arranque" msgid "drakboot --boot" msgstr "drakboot --boot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:10 msgid "drakboot--boot.png" msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" @@ -882,11 +731,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14 @@ -894,82 +741,55 @@ msgid "" "this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " "the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " "boot, etc.)" -msgstr "" -"esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite " -"configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una " -"contraseña, " +msgstr "esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le permite configurar las opciones de arranque (elección del bootloader, definir una contraseña, " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19 msgid "" "It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set " "up boot system\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como " -"\"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en la solapa Boot en el Centro de Control Mageia, como \"Configurar el sistema de arranque\"." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23 msgid "" "Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " "some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" -msgstr "" -"No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. " -"Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" +msgstr "No use esta herramienta si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo. Cambiar la configuración puede impedir el arranque de su computadora!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28 msgid "" -"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " -"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to" +" choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" -"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " -"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " -"you machine from booting." -msgstr "" -"En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es " -"posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o " -"Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una " -"cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las " -"mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de " -"arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos " -"que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside " -"el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque " -"de su computadora." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " +"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The" +" boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " +"prevent you machine from booting." +msgstr "En la primera parte, llamada <guilabel>Gestor de arranque</guilabel>, es posible elegir <guibutton>Usar un Gestor de arranque</guibutton>, Grub o Lilo, así como seleccionar una interfaz gráfica o sólo texto. Esto es una cuestión de preferencia personal, ya que tanto uno como otro proveen las mismas facilidades. También podrá configurar el <guibutton>Dispositivo de arranque</guibutton>. pero por favor, no cambie nada en esta sección a menos que sea un usuario experto. El dispositivo de arranque es donde el reside el cargador de arranque, y cualquier modificación podría impedir el arranque de su computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " "the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " -"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " -"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating" +" systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." -msgstr "" -"En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, " -"usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la " -"imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, " -"Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, " -"invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque " -"iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire " -"el lapso establecido anteriormente." +msgstr "En la segunda parte, llamada <guilabel>Opciones principales</guilabel>, usted puede definir el tiempo de<guibutton>Retardo antes de arrancar la imagen por defecto</guibutton>, medido en segundos. Durante este lapso, Grub o Lilo le mostrarán la lista de sistemas operativos disponibles, invitándolo a seleccionar uno. Si no elige ninguno, el gestor de arranque iniciará con el sistema operativo definido por defecto, una vez que expire el lapso establecido anteriormente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 msgid "" "In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " "possible to set a password." -msgstr "" -"En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es " -"posible definir una contraseña." +msgstr "En la tercera y última parte, llamada <guibutton>Seguridad</guibutton>, es posible definir una contraseña." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46 msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." -msgstr "" -"El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras " -"opciones." +msgstr "El botón <guibutton>Avanzadas</guibutton> permite seleccionar algunas otras opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49 @@ -983,11 +803,7 @@ msgid "" "power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " "the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " "compatible." -msgstr "" -"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la " -"administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran " -"en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su " -"hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." +msgstr "ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) es el estandar para la administración de energía. Así, deteniendo dispositivos que no se encuentran en uso, le permitirá ahorrar corriente eléctrica. Marque esta casilla si su hardware es compatible con el estándar ACPI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56 @@ -999,26 +815,21 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Activar SMP:</guibutton>" msgid "" "SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " "multicore processors." -msgstr "" -"SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para " -"procesadores de varios núcleos. " +msgstr "SMP significa Múltiples Procesadores Simétricos. Es una arquitectura para procesadores de varios núcleos. " #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62 msgid "" "If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " "processor and enable SMP." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador " -"dual y activará SMP." +msgstr "Si tiene un procesador con HyperThreading, Mageia lo verá como un procesador dual y activará SMP." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" -"guibutton>" -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " +"APIC:</guibutton>" +msgstr "<guibutton>Habilitar APIC</guibutton> y <guibutton>APIC local:</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -1029,20 +840,12 @@ msgid "" "to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " "for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " "system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " -"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " -"APIC." -msgstr "" -"APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos " -"componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/" -"O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses " -"periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando " -"su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras " -"tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una " -"incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje " -"de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del " -"sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local" +" APIC." +msgstr "APIC significa Controlador de Interrupciones Programable Avanzado. Hay dos componentes en el sistema APIC de Intel, el APIC local (LAPIC) y el APIC I/O. Este último enruta las interrupiciones que recibe de los buses periféricos a uno o más APICs pertenecientes a cada procesador, maximizando su utilidad en sistemas con múltiples procesadores. Algunas computadoras tiene problemas con el sistema APIC, pudiendo éste último producir desde una incorrecta detección de dispositivos generadores de interrupciones (mensaje de error \"spurious 8259 interrupt: IRQ7\") hasta bloqueos totales del sistema. En estos casos deshabilite el APIC y/o el LAPIC." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80 msgid "drakboot1.png" msgstr "drakboot1.png" @@ -1051,23 +854,16 @@ msgstr "drakboot1.png" #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:84 msgid "" "In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the " -"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the " -"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " +"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the" +" order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the " "selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or " "<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new " -"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar " -"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." -msgstr "" -"En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las " -"opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto " -"está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el " -"elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los " -"botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, " -"aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del " -"Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar " -"familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar" +" with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools." +msgstr "En la <guibutton>Próxima</guibutton> pantalla podrá ver una lista de las opciones disponibles durante el arranque del sistema. La opción por defecto está marcada con un asterico. Para cambiar el orden de la lista, mueva el elemento seleccionado haciéndo click en las flechas. Si hace click en los botones <guibutton>Agregar</guibutton> o <guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>, aparecerá una nueva ventana que le permitirá agregar entradas al menú del Grub o modificar las existentes. Para usar estas herramientas deberá estar familiarizado con Lilo o Grub." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:94 msgid "drakboot2.png" msgstr "drakboot2.png" @@ -1078,47 +874,35 @@ msgid "" "The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " "to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " "example: Mageia3." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el " -"contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando " -"\"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Etiqueta</guilabel> es libre, pudiéndo escribir en él, el contenido que quiere que aparezca en el menú. Coincidirá con el comando \"title\" del Grub. Por ejemplo: Mageia3." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:102 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " "the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. " -"Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Imágen</guilabel> contiene el nombre del kernel. Coincide con el comando \"kernel\" del Grub. Por ejemplo /boot/vmlinuz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:105 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " "kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." -msgstr "" -"El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde " -"se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del " -"Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." +msgstr "El campo <guilabel>Root</guilabel> contiene el nombre del dispositivo donde se encuentra almacenado el kernel. Coincide con el comando \"root\" del Grub. Por ejemplo (hd0,1)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:109 msgid "" "The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " "the kernel at boot time." -msgstr "" -"La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el " -"arranque." +msgstr "La etiqueta \"Anexar\" contiene las opciones que deben darse al kernel en el arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:112 msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " "entry by default." -msgstr "" -"Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta " -"entrada por defecto." +msgstr "Si la casilla \"Por defecto\" está marcada, Grub arrancará desde esta entrada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115 @@ -1138,7 +922,8 @@ msgstr "Establecer autologin para iniciar sesión automáticamente" msgid "drakboot" msgstr "drakboot" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakboot.xml:11 msgid "drakboot.png" msgstr "drakboot.png" @@ -1146,11 +931,9 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:15 @@ -1159,21 +942,14 @@ msgid "" "automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " "asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " "idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar " -"sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir " -"ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea " -"cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>permite iniciar sesión automáticamente al mismo usuario, en su entorno/escritorio, sin pedir ninguna contraseña. Se llama autologin. Esto es generalmente buena idea cuando sólo hay un usuario que use la máquina." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:22 msgid "" "It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " "Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." -msgstr "" -"Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del " -"Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión " -"automático\"." +msgstr "Se encuentra en la pestaña <emphasis role=\"bold\">Arranque</emphasis> del Centro de Control de Mageia llamada \"Configurar el inicio de sesión automático\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:26 @@ -1183,35 +959,23 @@ msgstr "Los botones son bastante obvios:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" -"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " -"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " -"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " -"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." -msgstr "" -"Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</" -"guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del " -"inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es " -"posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse " -"ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " +"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " +"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " +"possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by " +"launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "Marque <guibutton>Lanzar el entorno gráfico cuando su sistema inicia</guibutton>, si usted desea que el Sistema X Window sea ejecutado después del inicio. Si no es así el sistema iniciará en modo texto. De todos modos es posible lanzar la interfaz gráfica manualmente. Esto puede hacerse ejecutando el comando 'startx' o 'systemctl start dm'." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:34 msgid "" "If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " -"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " -"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to" +" continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " "<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " "needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " "username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o " -"bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el " -"sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar " -"automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es " -"necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre " -"de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</" -"guilabel>." +msgstr "Si la primera casilla está activada, otras dos opciones aparecen. Marque o bien <guibutton>No, yo no quiero autologin </guibutton>, si desea que el sistema pida un usuario y contraseña, o bien <guibutton>Sí, deseo entrar automáticaticamente con este (usuario, escritorio)</guibutton>, si es necesario. En este caso, también necesita suministrar el <guilabel>nombre de usuario por defecto </guilabel> y el <guilabel>escritorio por defecto</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 @@ -1226,42 +990,32 @@ msgstr "drakbug_report" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 msgid "" -"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " -"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " -"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " -"several GBs large." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo " -"haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </" -"emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer " -"lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by" +" doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > " +"drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, but make sure you have enough disk space " +"first: the file can easily be several GBs large." +msgstr "Se recomienda escribir la salida de este comando a un archivo, por ejemplo haciendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt </emphasis>, pero asegúrese de que tiene suficiente espacio en disco en primer lugar: el archivo puede ser fácilmente de varios GB." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 msgid "" -"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " -"the unneeded parts." -msgstr "" -"La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero " -"las partes innecesarias." +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing" +" the unneeded parts." +msgstr "La salida es demasiado grande para un reporte de bug sin eliminar primero las partes innecesarias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 @@ -1438,19 +1192,12 @@ msgstr "df" msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " -"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" -"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " -"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este " -"comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a " -"nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog" -"\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl." -"txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por " -"ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\"" +" by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " +"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " +"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "Cuando se escribió esta ayuda, la parte \"syslog\" de la salida de este comando estaba vacía, ya que esta herramienta aún no se había ajustado a nuestro cambio a systemd. Si todavía está vacío, puede recuperar el \"syslog\" haciendo (como root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt </emphasis>. Si usted no tiene mucho espacio en disco, puede, por ejemplo, tomar las últimoa 5.000 líneas del registro mediante: <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a | tail-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakbug.xml:9 @@ -1462,7 +1209,8 @@ msgstr "Herramienta de reportes de bug de Mageia" msgid "drakbug" msgstr "drakbug" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakbug.xml:15 msgid "drakbug.png" msgstr "drakbug.png" @@ -1470,38 +1218,29 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakbug </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" "Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " -"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " -"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " -"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." -msgstr "" -"Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se " -"inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin " -"embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se " -"le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las " -"informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that," +" after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some " +"of the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug " +"report." +msgstr "Usualmente, esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se inicia automáticamente cuando una herramienta de Mageia se estrella. Sin embargo, también es posible que, después de rellenar un informe de error, se le pida que inicie esta herramienta para comprobar alguna de las informaciones que da, y luego incluirlas en ese reporte de bug existente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " -"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." -msgstr "" -"Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer " -"eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </" -"link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." +"then please read <link " +"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " +"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " +"button." +msgstr "Si hace falta un nuevo reporte de bug y usted no está acostumbrado a hacer eso, entonces por favor lea <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\"> Cómo hacer un reporte de bug correctamente </link> antes de hacer clic en el botón \"Report\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:23 @@ -1509,10 +1248,7 @@ msgid "" "In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " "that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " "that existing report that you saw the bug, too." -msgstr "" -"En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje " -"de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese " -"bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." +msgstr "En caso de que el error ya ha sido presentado por otra persona (el mensaje de error que dio drakbug será el mismo), es útil añadir un comentario a ese bug existente diciendo que usted lo vió también." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakclock.xml:3 @@ -1524,7 +1260,8 @@ msgstr "Fecha y hora" msgid "drakclock" msgstr "drakclock" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakclock.xml:10 msgid "drakclock.png" msgstr "drakclock.png" @@ -1532,25 +1269,18 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakclock </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" -"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " -"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la " -"pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>" -"\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio " -"también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha " -"y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " +"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " +"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en la pestaña Sistema en el Centro de Control Mageia etiquetada como <guilabel>\"Administrar fecha y hora\"</guilabel>. En algunos entornos de escritorio también está disponible haciendo click con el botón derecho / Ajustar fecha y hora ... sobre el reloj de la barra de sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:21 @@ -1561,46 +1291,30 @@ msgstr "Es una herramienta muy simple." #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" "On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " -"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " -"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on" +" the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " "(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " "2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre " -"(arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y " -"es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas " -"a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su " -"número." +msgstr "En la parte superior izquierda se encuentra el<emphasis role=\"bold\">calendario</emphasis>. En la captura de pantalla la fecha es Septiembre (arriba en la izquierda), 2012 (arriba a la derecha), el día 2 (en azul) y es Domingo. Seleccione el mes (o año) haciendo click en las pequeñas flechas a cada lado de Septiembre (o 2012). Seleccione el día haciendo click en su número." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" -"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " -"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " +"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " +"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." -msgstr "" -"En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el " -"reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque " -"<guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más " -"cercano." +msgstr "En la esquina inferior izquierda se encuentra la opción de sincronización <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</emphasis> es posible tener el reloj siempre en hora al sincronizarlo con un servidor. Marque <guilabel>Enable Network Time Protocol</guilabel>y elija el servidor más cercano." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:34 msgid "" "On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " "useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " -"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " -"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " -"your desktop environment settings for that." -msgstr "" -"En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está " -"activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 " -"en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la " -"hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del " -"entorno de escritorio para eso." +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows" +" to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see" +" your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "En la parte derecha esta el relo. No se puede ajustar el reloj si NTP está activada. Tres casillas muestran las horas, minutos y segundos (15, 28 y 22 en la captura de pantalla). Usa las flechitas para ajustar el reloj a la hora correcta. El formato no puede cambiarse aquí, ver la configuración del entorno de escritorio para eso." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:40 @@ -1608,21 +1322,15 @@ msgid "" "At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " "<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " "nearest town." -msgstr "" -"Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el " -"botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la " -"ciudad más cercana." +msgstr "Al menos, abajo a la derecha, seleccione su zona horaria pulsando en el botón <guibutton>Cambiar Zona Horaria</guibutton> y eligiendo en la lista la ciudad más cercana." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:45 msgid "" -"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " -"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they" +" will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " "settings." -msgstr "" -"Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, " -"estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de " -"región." +msgstr "Aunque no sea posible elegir un formato de fecha u hora en esta herramienta, estos se mostrarán en el escritorio, de acuerdo con la configuración de región." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 @@ -1634,7 +1342,8 @@ msgstr "Quitar una conexión" msgid "drakconnect --del" msgstr "drakconnect --del" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 msgid "drakconnect--del.png" msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" @@ -1642,38 +1351,30 @@ msgstr "drakconnect--del.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>. " +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." +msgstr "Aquí puede eliminar una interfaz de red<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 msgid "" "Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " "click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego " -"haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." +msgstr "Haga clic en el menú desplegable, seleccione la que desea eliminar y luego haga clic en <emphasis> siguiente </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 msgid "" "You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " "successfully." -msgstr "" -"Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado " -"correctamente." +msgstr "Verá un mensaje diciendo que la interfaz de red se ha eliminado correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:3 @@ -1685,7 +1386,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar un una nueva interfaz de red (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" msgid "drakconnect" msgstr "drakconnect" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:11 msgid "drakconnect.png" msgstr "drakconnect.png" @@ -1693,11 +1395,9 @@ msgstr "drakconnect.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakconnect </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:18 @@ -1705,19 +1405,14 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " "of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " "your access provider or your network administrator." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar " -"varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información " -"de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." +msgstr "Esta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> permite configurar varias opciones de red local o acceso a internet. Debe de tener información de su proveedor de acceso a internet o su administrador de red." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:25 msgid "" "Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " "and provider you have." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el " -"hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." +msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de conexión que desea establecer, de acuerdo con el hardware y el proveedor que usted posee." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:30 @@ -1729,141 +1424,133 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión cableada (Ethernet)" msgid "" "The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " "to configure." -msgstr "" -"La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un " -"para configurar" +msgstr "La primera ventana lista las interfaces que estan disponibles. Seleccione un para configurar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 msgid "" "At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " "address." -msgstr "" -"En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o " -"manualmente configurada." +msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre una dirección IP automática o manualmente configurada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 msgid "Automatic IP" msgstr "IP automática" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:48 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " -"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers" +" are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si " -"los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán " -"especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la " -"dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \n" -"configurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \n" -"aquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</" -"literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser " -"provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname " -"desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta " -"función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP " -"desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." - -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP </emphasis>: usted debe seleccionar si los servidores DNS son determinados por el servidor DHCP o si serán especificados manualmente, como se explica más abajo. En el último caso la dirección IP de los servidores DNS debe ser \nconfigurada. El HOSTNAME de la computadora puede ser especificado \naquí. Si no se especifica, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> es asignado de forma predeterminada. El Hostname también puede ser provisto por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar Hostname desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>.No todos los servidores DHCP tienen esta función, y si usted está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP desde router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:62 msgid "drakconnect5.png" msgstr "drakconnect5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" msgstr "El botón avanzado da la oportunidad de especificar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" msgstr "Dominio de búsqueda (no accesible, proporcionado por el servidor DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 msgid "the DHCP client" msgstr "Cliente DHCP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 msgid "DHCP timeout" msgstr "Tiempo de espera DHCP agotado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" -msgstr "" -"Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especificar el " -"servidor NIS" +msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique el servidor NIS" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" msgstr "Obtener servidores NTPD desde DHCP (sincronización de reloj)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " "requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " "This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." -msgstr "" -"El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP " -"requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección " -"IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." +msgstr "El HOST requerido por el DHCP. Use esta opción solo si el servidor DHCP requiere que el cliente especifique un host antes de recibir una dirección IP. Esta opción no esta soportada por algunos servidores DHCP." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 msgid "" "After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " "configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para " -"todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Despues de aceptar, se describiran los últimos pasos que son comunes para todas las configuraciones de conexiones: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 msgid "Manual configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:115 msgid "" "<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " "servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " "HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>configuración Ethernet/IP</emphasis>: necesita especificar que servidores DNS utilizar.El NOMBRE DE EQUIPO de la computadora puede especificarse aquí. Si no se especifica ninguno, el nombre <literall>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye de forma predeterminada." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " -"provider's website." -msgstr "" +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your service provider's website." +msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP usualmente luce cómo <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la máscara de subred <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, y la Puerta de Enlace y los servidores DNS están disponibles desde el sitio web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " -"this setting." -msgstr "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, el ADSL doméstico no necesitaría este ajuste." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:136 msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "drakconnect30.png" @@ -1873,8 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "drakconnect30.png" #: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 #: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "Los siguientes pasos se muestran en <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:150 @@ -1885,10 +1571,11 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión satelital (DVB)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 #: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" -"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." -msgstr "" +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you" +" can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "Esta sección no fué escrita todavía por falta de recursos. Si usted piensa que puede escribir esta ayuda, por favor contacte al <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">equipo de Documentación.</link> Gracias por adelantado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:158 @@ -1900,55 +1587,59 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión por cable módem" msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" msgstr "Debe especificar un método de autenticación:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:176 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:180 msgid "" -"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " -"and password." -msgstr "" -"BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que " -"proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name" +" and password." +msgstr "BPALogin (necesario para Telstra). En este caso, es necesario que proporcione un nombre de usuario y contraseña." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:191 msgid "" "<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " "are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " "below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " -"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " -"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +" The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers" +" have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " "from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</ literal> se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionada por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host desde el servidor DHCP</emphasis>. No todos los servidores DHCP tienen una función de este tipo y si está configurando su PC para obtener una dirección IP de un router ADSL doméstico, es poco probable." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:252 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " -"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers" +" to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " "is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " "attributed by default." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de Cable/IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " -"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " -"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " -"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " -"need this setting." -msgstr "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " +"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " +"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". " +"Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, " +"domestic connection would not need this setting." +msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificado un <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Por lo general, sería su dominio principal, es decir, si el equipo se llama \\\"splash\\\", y el nombre de dominio completo es \\\"splash.boatanchor.net\\\", la búsqueda de dominio sería \\\"boatanchor.net\\\". A menos que específicamente lo necesite, está bien no definir este ajuste. Una vez más, la conexión doméstica no necesitaría este ajuste." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:273 msgid "drakconnect32.png" msgstr "drakconnect32.png" @@ -1963,44 +1654,47 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión DSL" msgid "" "If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "" -"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar " -"una y configurarla." +msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces de red, ofrece la opción de seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." -msgstr "" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Sin está en el listado, seleccione la opción <guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> y luego ingrese las opciones que su proveedor le dió." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" msgstr "Seleccione uno de los protocolos disponibles:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:307 msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo de Configuración de Host Dinámico (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:311 msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" msgstr "Configuración manual TCP/IP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:315 msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" msgstr "PPP sobre ADSL (PPPoA)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:319 msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:323 msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" @@ -2010,22 +1704,26 @@ msgstr "Protocolo de túnel punto a punto (PPTP)" msgid "Access settings" msgstr "Configuraciones de acceso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 msgid "Account Login (user name)" msgstr "Cuenta de ingreso (nombre de usuario)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 msgid "Account password" msgstr "Contraseña de la cuenta" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:341 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de ruta virtual (VPI):" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:345 msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" msgstr "(Avanzado) ID de circuito virtual (VCI):" @@ -2045,12 +1743,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión ISDN" msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" msgstr "El asistente desea saber que dispositivo configurar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:365 msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" msgstr "Elección manual (tarjeta ISDN interna)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:369 msgid "External ISDN modem" msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" @@ -2060,16 +1760,16 @@ msgstr "Módem ISDN externo" msgid "" "A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " "Select your card." -msgstr "" -"Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. " -"Seleccione su tarjeta." +msgstr "Se expone una lista de hardware clasificado por categorías y fabricante. Seleccione su tarjeta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:384 msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" msgstr "Protocolo para el resto del mundo, excepto Europa (DHCP)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:389 msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" @@ -2078,31 +1778,31 @@ msgstr "Protocolo para Europa (ESSS1)" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " -"asked for parameters:" -msgstr "" -"Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione " -"su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción " -"<guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas " -"por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " +"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +msgstr "Se ofrece luego una lista de proveedores clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no se encuentra en la lista, seleccione la opción <guilabel>No incluido</guilabel> e introduzca las opciones proporcionadas por su proveedor. Luego se le solicitarán los parámetros:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:402 msgid "Connection name" msgstr "Nombre de conexión" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:406 msgid "Phone number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:410 msgid "Login ID" msgstr "ID de ingreso (login)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:418 msgid "Authentication method" msgstr "Método de autenticación" @@ -2112,52 +1812,43 @@ msgstr "Método de autenticación" msgid "" "After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " "manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." -msgstr "" -"Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método " -"automático o manual. Si es automático, especifique la dirección IP y la " -"máscara de Subred." +msgstr "Después de esto, debe seleccionar si recibe la dirección IP por método automático o manual. En este ultimo caso, especifique la dirección IP y la máscara de Subred." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:430 msgid "" "The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " -"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " -"put:" -msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores " -"DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la " -"configuración manual, debe indicar:" +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to" +" put:" +msgstr "El siguiente paso consiste en indicar si las direcciones de los servidores DNS se obtienen por método automático o manual. En el caso de la configuración manual, debe indicar:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:436 msgid "Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:440 msgid "First and second DNS Server" msgstr "Servidores DNS primario y secundario" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:444 msgid "" "Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " "are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." -msgstr "" -"Selecciones si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione " -"esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para " -"aceptarlo." +msgstr "Seleccione si el nombre del host está especificado desde IP. Seleccione esta opción solo si está seguro que su proveedor está configurado para aceptarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:452 msgid "" -"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " -"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " -"IP address." -msgstr "" -"El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es " -"obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, " -"usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic" +" or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter " +"the IP address." +msgstr "El siguiente paso es seleccionar como la dirección de la puerta de enlace es obtenida, de forma automática o manual. En caso de configuración manual, usted debe ingresar la dirección IP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:464 @@ -2170,92 +1861,103 @@ msgid "" "A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " "Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " "only if the other configuration methods did not work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una primer ventana muestra una lista de las interfaces que están disponibles y una entrada para controladores de Windows (ndiswrapper). Seleccione la que desea configurar. Sólo use ndiswrapper si los otros métodos de configuración no funcionar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:475 msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " "the card has detected." -msgstr "" -"En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la " -"tarjeta ha detectado." +msgstr "En este paso, la elección se da entre los diferentes puntos de acceso que la tarjeta ha detectado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:480 msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" msgstr "Los parámetros específicos de la tarjeta inalámbrica deben brindar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:484 msgid "drakconnect31.png" msgstr "drakconnect31.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:490 msgid "Operating mode:" msgstr "Modo de operación" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:494 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Administrado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:497 msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." msgstr "Acceso a un punto de acceso existente (lo más frecuente)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:503 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-Hoc" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:506 msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." msgstr "Para configurar una conexión directa entre computadoras." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:514 msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Nombre de red (ESSID)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:518 msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." -msgstr "" -"Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." +msgstr "Modo de encriptación: depende de cómo esté configurado el punto de acceso." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:523 msgid "WPA/WPA2" msgstr "WPA/WPA2" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:526 msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." msgstr "Este modo de encriptación es preferible si su hardware lo permite" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: en/drakconnect.xml:532 msgid "WEP" msgstr "WEP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:535 msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." -msgstr "" -"Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." +msgstr "Algunos dispositivos antiguos soportan solo este método de encriptación." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:543 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Contraseña de encriptado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:545 -msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgid "" +"It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2263,10 +1965,10 @@ msgstr "Generalmente es provisto con el hardware que da el punto de acceso." msgid "" "At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " "manual IP address." -msgstr "" -"En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." +msgstr "En este punto, la opción está entre una dirección IP automática o manual." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " @@ -2276,44 +1978,49 @@ msgid "" "localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " "provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " "DHCP server</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</ emphasis>: hay que seleccionar si los servidores DNS son declarados por el servidor DHCP o se especifican de forma manual, como se explica a continuación. En el última instancia, la dirección IP de los servidores DNS tiene que ser establecida. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre localhost.localdomain se atribuye por defecto. El nombre de host también puede ser proporcionado por el servidor DHCP con la opción <emphasis>Asignar nombre de host dede el servidor DHCP</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:589 msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obtener el servidor YP del DHCP (Seleccionado por defecto): especifique los servidores NIS" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:608 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " "connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Luego de aceptar la configuración es explicado el paso, que es común a todas las configuraciones de conexión:<xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:619 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " -"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." -msgstr "" +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified," +" the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "<emphasis>Configuración de IP</emphasis>: hay que declarar los servidores DNS. El nombre del ordenador se puede especificar aquí. Si no se especifica ningún HOSTNAME, el nombre <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> se atribuye por defecto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" -"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " -"website." -msgstr "" +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " +"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "Para una red residencial, la dirección IP siempre es algo parecido a <emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, la Máscara de Red es <emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis> y la Puerta de Enlace y los Servidores DNS están disponibles en el Sitio Web de su proveedor." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" -"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " -"period." -msgstr "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " +"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " +"before the period." +msgstr "En la configuración avanzada, puede especificar una <emphasis>Búsqueda de dominio</emphasis>. Es similar al nombre del host sin el nombre antes del punto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakconnect.xml:644 @@ -2325,28 +2032,27 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión GPRS/Edge/3G" msgid "" "If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " "configure it." -msgstr "" -"Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y " -"configurarla." +msgstr "Si la herramienta detecta interfaces inalámbricas, ofrece seleccionar una y configurarla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:653 msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se solicita el PIN. Dejar en blanco si no se requiere el PIN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:658 msgid "" "The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " "<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El asistente regunta por una red. Si no es detectada, seleccione la opción,<guilabel>No listada</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:670 msgid "Provide access settings" msgstr "Especifique las configuraciones de acceso a red" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:674 msgid "Access Point Name" msgstr "Nombre de punto de acceso" @@ -2361,12 +2067,14 @@ msgstr "Una nueva conexión a Red por marcado de Bluetooth" msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" msgstr "Una nueva conexión por Módem de teléfono analógico (POTS)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:710 msgid "Manual choice" msgstr "Elección manual" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:714 msgid "Detected hardware, if any." msgstr "Hardware detectado, si existe." @@ -2381,63 +2089,73 @@ msgstr "La lista de puertos sugeridos, Seleccione el puerto." msgid "" "If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " "<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si todavía no está instalado, se sugerirá que instale el paquete <emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" -"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " -"for Dialup options:" -msgstr "" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +" Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +msgstr "Se propone una lista de proveedores, clasificados por países. Seleccione su proveedor. Si no aparece, seleccione la opción \"No listados\", y luego entre en las opciones de su proveedor. Entonces se le preguntará por las opciones de acceso telefónico." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:736 msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Nombre de la conexión</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:740 msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Número telefónico</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:744 msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>ID de usuario</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:748 msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" msgstr "<emphasis>Clave</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:752 msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticación</emphasis>, elija entre:" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:756 msgid "PAP/CHAP" msgstr "PAP/CHAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:760 msgid "Script-based" msgstr "Basado en script" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:764 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:768 msgid "Terminal-based" msgstr "Basado en terminal" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:772 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" @@ -2460,20 +2178,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir a los usuarios administrar la conexión</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:796 msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Iniciar la conexión al arrancar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:800 msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>Activar las estadisticas del tráfico</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:804 msgid "" "<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de " -"Redes</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:809 @@ -2481,7 +2197,7 @@ msgid "" "In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " "access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " "automatically between access point according to the signal strength." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En el caso de una conexión inalámbrica, aparecerá un cuadro suplementario, que le dará la posibilidad de cambiar automáticamente entre la conexión de red de acuerdo con la intensidad de la señal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:816 @@ -2513,9 +2229,10 @@ msgstr "Habilitar túnel IPv6 a IPv4" msgid "" "The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " "immediately or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El último paso le permite especificar si la conexión empieza de inmediato o no." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconnect.xml:841 msgid "drakconnect9.png" msgstr "drakconnect9.png" @@ -2530,7 +2247,8 @@ msgstr "Abra una consola de administrador" msgid "drakconsole" msgstr "drakconsole" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakconsole.xml:10 msgid "drakconsole.png" msgstr "drakconsole.png" @@ -2538,19 +2256,17 @@ msgstr "drakconsole.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " -"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " -"information about that." -msgstr "" +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more" +" information about that." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> le da acceso a una consola que se abre directamente como root. No creemos que necesite más información al respecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakdisk.xml:8 @@ -2562,7 +2278,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar particiones de disco" msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:15 msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" @@ -2570,13 +2287,10 @@ msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " -"as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:20 @@ -2584,18 +2298,19 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" -"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." -msgstr "" +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " +"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> es muy potente, un pequeño error, o una pulsación de teclado erronea, puede conducir a la pérdida de todos los datos en una partición, o incluso borrar todo el disco duro. Por esta razón, usted verá la pantalla de arriba, en la parte superior de la herramienta. Haga click en \"Salir\", si no está seguro de que desea continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:30 msgid "" "If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " "want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted tiene más de un disco duro, puede cambiar el disco duro que desea trabajar seleccionando la pestaña correcta (sda, sdb, sdc, etc)." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:35 msgid "drakdisk.png" msgstr "drakdisk.png" @@ -2605,11 +2320,12 @@ msgstr "drakdisk.png" msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " -"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" -"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " -"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." -msgstr "" +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a" +" partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " +"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " +"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " +"partition." +msgstr "Usted puede elegir entre muchas acciones para ajustar el disco duro a sus preferencias. Limpiar un disco duro entero, dividir o fusionar particiones, cambiar su tamaño o su sistema de ficheros, su formato o la visualización de lo que se encuentra en una partición: todo es posible. El <emphasis><guibutton> botón Borrar todos </guibutton></emphasis> en la parte inferior es para borrar el disco completo, el resto de botones se hacen visibles a la derecha después de hacer clic en una partición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:47 @@ -2617,7 +2333,7 @@ msgid "" "If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " "choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " "must be unmounted first." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si se monta la partición seleccionada, como en el siguiente ejemplo, no se puede optar por cambiar el tamaño, formato o eliminarlo. Primero la partición debe ser desmontada para poder hacer esto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:51 @@ -2631,14 +2347,15 @@ msgid "" "delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " "<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " "is selected" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para cambiar el tipo de partición (modificar de ext3 a ext4 por ejemplo) tiene que borrar la partición y volver a crarlo con el nuevo tipo. El botón \"Crear\" aparece cuando se selecciona una parte vacía del disco." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:58 msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." msgstr "Usted puede escoger un punto de montaje, si no existe será creado." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:63 msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" @@ -2649,9 +2366,10 @@ msgid "" "Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " "gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be " "seen in the screenshot below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccionando \"Cambiar a modo experto\", da algunas acciones adicionales disponibles, como el etiquetado de la partición, como se puede ver en la siguiente imagen." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakdisk.xml:73 msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" @@ -2666,7 +2384,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el administrador de pantalla" msgid "drakedm" msgstr "drakedm" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakedm.xml:12 msgid "drakedm.png" msgstr "drakedm.png" @@ -2674,19 +2393,17 @@ msgstr "drakedm.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:16 msgid "" "Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " -"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " -"on your system will be shown." -msgstr "" +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available" +" on your system will be shown." +msgstr "Aquí <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> puede elegir qué administrador gráfico va a utilizar para acceder a su entorno de escritorio. Sólo se mostrarán los disponibles en su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 @@ -2694,7 +2411,7 @@ msgid "" "Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " "However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " "lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La mayoría de los usuarios sólo se dará cuenta de que las pantallas de inicio de sesión proporcionados se ven diferentes. Sin embargo, hay diferencias en las características compatibles, también. LXDM es un gestor de ventanas ligero, KDM y GDM tienen más extras." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 @@ -2706,7 +2423,8 @@ msgstr "Configure su cortafuegos personal" msgid "drakfirewall" msgstr "drakfirewall" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 msgid "drakfirewall.png" msgstr "drakfirewall.png" @@ -2714,11 +2432,9 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escriba <emphasis role=\"bold\"> drakfirewall </emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 @@ -2727,18 +2443,18 @@ msgid "" "Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " "firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " "security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra bajo la pestaña de Seguridad, en el Centro de Control de Mageia etiquetada como \"Configurar el servidor de seguridad personal\". Es la misma herramienta en la primera pestaña de \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema permisos y auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 msgid "" "A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " "connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " -"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " -"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection" +" attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " "<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " "the firewall, and only check the needed services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Un firewall básico se instala por defecto con Mageia. Todas las conexiones entrantes desde el exterior se bloquean si no están autorizadas. En la primera pantalla, puede seleccionar los servicios para los que se aceptan los intentos de conexión externos. Para su seguridad, desactive la primera casilla \"Todo (sin cortafuegos)\", a menos que desee desactivar el firewall, y solo comprobar los servicios necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 @@ -2747,17 +2463,17 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " "<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " "examples :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es posible introducir manualmente los números de puerto para abrir. Haga click en \"Avanzado\" y se abrirá una nueva ventana. En el campo \"Otros puertos\", introduzca los siguientes puertos necesarios, por ejemplo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "80/tcp : abre el puerto 80 del protocolo tcp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" -msgstr "" +msgstr "24000:24010/udp : abre todos los puertos desde 24000 hasta 24010 del protocolo udp" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 @@ -2769,9 +2485,10 @@ msgstr "Los puertos enlistados deben separarse con un espacio." msgid "" "If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " "checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la casilla \"Los mensajes de registro de firewall en los registros del sistema\" está marcada, los mensajes del firewall se guardarán en los registros del sistema." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 msgid "drakfirewall2.png" msgstr "drakfirewall2.png " @@ -2782,7 +2499,7 @@ msgid "" "If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " "it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " "recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si no aloja servicios específicos (servidor de web o correo, intercambio de archivos, ...) que es completamente posible que no hay nada marcado, incluso se recomienda, no impedirá que se pueda conectar a Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 @@ -2792,22 +2509,24 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " "box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " "somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " -"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " -"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " -"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." -msgstr "" +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot" +" below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to " +"be warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "La siguiente pantalla muestra las opciones de Firewall Interactivo. Esto le advierte de los intentos de conexión si por lo menos la primera casilla \"Usar Firewall Interactivo\" está marcada. Marque la segunda casilla para ser avisado si los puertos son escaneados (con el fin de encontrar una falla en algún lugar y entrar en su máquina). Cada casilla del tercero, corresponde a un puerto que se abrió en las primeras dos pantallas; en la siguiente imagen, hay dos de estas casillas: servidor SSH y 80:150 / tcp. Márquelas para ser avisado cada vez que se intenta una conexión en esos puertos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Estas advertencias están dadas por los pop-ups de alerta a través del subprograma Red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 msgid "drakfirewall3.png" msgstr "drakfirewall3.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 msgid "drakfirewall4.png" msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" @@ -2816,16 +2535,16 @@ msgstr "drakfirewall4.png" #: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 msgid "" "In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " -"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " -"packages are downloaded." -msgstr "" +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary" +" packages are downloaded." +msgstr "En la última pantalla, elige qué interfaces de red están conectadas a Internet y deben ser protegidas. Una vez que se hace clic en el botón Aceptar, los paquetes necesarios se descargan." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 msgid "" "If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " "Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted no sabe qué elegir, eche un vistazo en MCC ficha Red & Internet, icono Configurar una nueva interfaz de red." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakfont.xml:3 @@ -2837,7 +2556,8 @@ msgstr "Administre, agregue y elimine fuentes. Importe fuentes de Windows(R)" msgid "drakfont" msgstr "drakfont" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakfont.xml:11 msgid "drakfont.png" msgstr "drakfont.png" @@ -2845,11 +2565,9 @@ msgstr "drakfont.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:15 @@ -2858,12 +2576,12 @@ msgid "" "Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " "allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " "above shows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> está presente en el Centro de Control de Mageia bajo la ficha \"Sistema\". Se le permite administrar las fuentes disponibles en el equipo. La pantalla superior muestra:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:22 msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "los nombres, estilos y tamaños de las fuente instaladas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:26 @@ -2873,21 +2591,19 @@ msgstr "una previsualización del tipo de letra seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:30 msgid "some buttons explained here later." -msgstr "" +msgstr "algunos botones que se explican aquí más tarde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:36 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></" -"emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Obtener los tipos de letra de Windows: <emphasis/></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:38 msgid "" -"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " -"must have Microsoft Windows installed." -msgstr "" +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You" +" must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "Este botón añade automáticamente los tipos de letra que se encuentren en la partición de Windows. Debe tener Microsoft Windows instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:41 @@ -2897,9 +2613,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opciones:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:43 msgid "" -"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " -"to use the fonts." -msgstr "" +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able" +" to use the fonts." +msgstr "Se le permite especificar las aplicaciones o dispositivos (impresoras en su mayoría) capaces de utilizar las fuentes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:46 @@ -2912,10 +2628,7 @@ msgid "" "This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " "careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " "documents that use them." -msgstr "" -"Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar " -"algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede " -"tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." +msgstr "Este botón es para remover las tipografías instaladas y posiblemente ahorrar algo de espacio. Sea cuidadoso cuando elimine las tipografías porque puede tener serias consecuencias en los documentos que use." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:52 @@ -2927,18 +2640,18 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importar:</emphasis>" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " -"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " -"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." -msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " +"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " +"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "Permite agregar fuentes de un tercero (CD, internet, ...). Los formatos soportados son ttf, pfa, PFB, pcf, PFM y gsf. Haga clic en \"Importar\" y luego en \"Añadir\", aparecerá un administrador donde puede seleccionar los tipos de letra para instalar, haga clic en \"Instalar\" cuando haya terminado. Se instalarán en la carpeta /usr/share/fonts." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:60 msgid "" "If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " "main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si las recién instaladas (o eliminadas) fuentes no aparecen en la pantalla principal drakfont, cierre y vuelva a abrir para ver las modificaciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:3 @@ -2950,7 +2663,8 @@ msgstr "Controles paternos" msgid "drakguard" msgstr "drakguard" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakguard.xml:10 msgid "drakguard.png" msgstr "drakguard.png" @@ -2958,20 +2672,18 @@ msgstr "drakguard.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" -"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " -"package (not installed by default)." -msgstr "" +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " +"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " +"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el Centro de Control de Mageia, en la pestaña de Seguridad, con la etiqueta \"Control parental\". Si no ve esta etiqueta, tendrá que instalar el paquete drakguard (no se instala por defecto)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 @@ -2984,30 +2696,30 @@ msgid "" "Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " "restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " "useful capabilities:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Drakguard es una manera fácil de configurar controles parentales en el equipo para restringir quién puede hacer qué, y en qué momentos del día. Drakguard tiene tres capacidades útiles:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:29 msgid "" "It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " "controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se restringe el acceso web a los usuarios con nombre para ajustar el reloj. Lo hace mediante el uso de shorewall, el firewall integrado en Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:35 msgid "" -"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " -"only execute what you accept them to execute." -msgstr "" +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can" +" only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "Bloquea la ejecución de comandos particulares de usuarios nombrados por lo que estos usuarios sólo puede ejecutar lo que acepta que ejecuten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" -"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " -"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " -"DansGuardian." -msgstr "" +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " +"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " +"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " +"control blocker DansGuardian." +msgstr "Asimismo, se restringe el acceso a sitios web, ambos definidos manualmente a través de listas negras / listas blancas, sino también dinámicamente basándose en el contenido de la página web. Para lograr esto Drakguard utiliza el código abierto líder en el control parental bloqueador DansGuardian." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:49 @@ -3021,19 +2733,19 @@ msgid "" "Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " "your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " "feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " -"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " -"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " -"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " -"then suggest you reboot." -msgstr "" +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by" +" an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to " +"this prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and" +" will then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "Si su equipo contiene particiones del disco duro que están formateados en Ext2, Ext3, o formato ReiserFS usted verá una ventana emergente que ofrece para configurar las ACL en sus particiones. ACL es sinónimo de listas de control de acceso, y es una característica del kernel de Linux que permite el acceso a archivos individuales que se restringe a los usuarios con nombre. ACL está integrado en los sistemas de archivos Ext4 y Btrfs, pero debe ser habilitada por una opción en particiones ext2, ext3 o reiserfs. Si selecciona \"Sí\" a esta solicitud drakguard configurará todas las particiones para apoyar ACL, y entonces te sugiere reiniciar el sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:61 msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " -"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " -"is opened." -msgstr "" +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab" +" is opened." +msgstr "\"Activar control parental\". Si se marca, el control parental está activado y el acceso a \"Bloqueo de programas\" se abre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:65 @@ -3041,7 +2753,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " "websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " "the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Bloquear todo el tráfico de red\": Si se selecciona, todos los sitios web son bloqueados, excepto los de la ficha de la lista blanca. De lo contrario, todos los sitios web están permitidos, a excepto los de la pestaña \"lista negra\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:69 @@ -3053,7 +2765,7 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " "user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " "remove him/her from the allowed users." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Acceso de ususario: Los usuarios de la izquierda tendrán su acceso restringido de acuerdo a las reglas que defina. Los usuarios de la derecha tienen acceso sin restricciones para que los usuarios adultos del equipo no se desconcierten. Seleccione un usuario en el lado izquierdo y haga clic en \"Añadir\" para añadir a usuarios permitidos. Seleccione un usuario en el lado derecho y haga clic en \"Eliminar\" para retirarlo de usuarios permitidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:77 @@ -3062,39 +2774,39 @@ msgid "" "with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " "<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " "window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Control de tiempo: Si se selecciona, se permite el acceso a internet con restricciones entre el tiempo de inicio y apagado del equipo. Estará totalmente bloqueado fuera de este intervalo de tiempo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:83 msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña Lista negra/Lista blanca " #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:85 msgid "" "Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduzca la URL del sitio web en el primer campo en la parte superior y haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/drakguard.xml:90 msgid "Block Programs Tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña bloqueo de Programas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:92 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " -"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to" +" restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " "applications you wish to block." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Aplicaciones bloqueadas\": Permite el uso de ACL para restringir el acceso a las aplicaciones específicas. Introduzca la ruta de acceso a las aplicaciones que desee bloquear." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:96 msgid "" "<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " "side will not be subject to acl blocking." -msgstr "" +msgstr "\"Lista desbloqueo usuarios\": los usuarios que aparecen en el lado derecho, no estarán sujetos a bloqueo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:9 @@ -3106,7 +2818,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir la conexión a Internet con otras máquinas locales" msgid "drakgw" msgstr "drakgw" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:17 msgid "drakgw.png" msgstr "drakgw.png" @@ -3116,7 +2829,8 @@ msgstr "drakgw.png" msgid "Principles" msgstr "Principios" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakgw.xml:29 msgid "drakgw-net.png" msgstr "drakgw-net.png" @@ -3131,14 +2845,14 @@ msgid "" "gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " "must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " "the Internet (2)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Esto es útil cuando usted tiene un equipo (3), que tiene acceso a internet (2) y está conectado a una red local (1). Puede usar el equipo (3) como una puerta de entrada para dar acceso a otras estaciones de trabajo (5) y (6) en la red local (1). Para ello, la puerta de enlace debe tener dos interfaces; la primera tal como una tarjeta Ethernet debe estar conectada a la red local, y la segunda (4) conectada a internet (2)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:39 msgid "" "The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " "set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El primer paso es verificar que la red y el acceso a internet se crean, como se documenta en <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:45 @@ -3148,25 +2862,23 @@ msgstr "Asistente de puerta de enlace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:47 msgid "" "The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " "which are shown below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El asistente ofrece sucesivos pasos que se muestran a continuación:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:54 msgid "" "If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " "and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si el asistente no detecta al menos dos interfaces, advierte acerca de esto y pide que deje la red y configure el hardware." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:60 @@ -3174,22 +2886,22 @@ msgid "" "specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " "automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " "what is proposed is correct." -msgstr "" +msgstr "especificar la interfaz que se utiliza para la conexión a Internet. El asistente automáticamente sugiere una de las interfaces, pero usted debe verificar que la que se propone es la correcta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:66 msgid "" -"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " -"one, check that this is correct." -msgstr "" +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes" +" one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "especificar qué interfaz se utiliza para acceder a la Lan. El asistente también propone uno, asegúrese de que esto es correcto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:71 msgid "" -"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " -"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " -"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." -msgstr "" +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask" +" and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual" +" configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "El asistente propone parámetros para la red Lan, como la dirección IP, la máscara y el nombre de dominio. Compruebe que estos parámetros son compatibles con la configuración real. Se recomienda aceptar estos valores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:78 @@ -3197,15 +2909,15 @@ msgid "" "specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " "will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " "specify the address of a DNS server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "especificar si el equipo va a ser usado como un servidor DNS. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"bind\" está instalado. De lo contrario, tiene que especificar la dirección de un servidor DNS." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:84 msgid "" "specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " -"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " -"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." -msgstr "" +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure" +" it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "especificar si el equipo se va a utilizar com un servidor DHCP. En caso afirmativo, el asistente comprobará que \"dhcp-server\" se instala y se ofrecerá a configurarlo, con direcciones de inicio y final en el rango DHCP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:91 @@ -3221,13 +2933,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " "printers and to share them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El último paso le permite comprobar si la puerta de enlace está conectado a impresoras y para compartirlos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:104 msgid "" "You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted será advertido de la necesidad de comprobar el firewall si está activo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:109 @@ -3240,9 +2952,9 @@ msgid "" "If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " "specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " "automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " -"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " -"using." -msgstr "" +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is" +" using." +msgstr "Si ha configurado la puerta de enlace con DHCP, sólo es necesario especificar en la herramienta de configuración de red que se obtiene una dirección de forma automática (mediante DHCP). Los parámetros se obtendrán cuando se conecta a la red. Este método es válido sea cual sea el sistema operativo que utiliza el cliente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:117 @@ -3250,7 +2962,7 @@ msgid "" "If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " "specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " "gateway." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si debe especificar manualmente los parámetros de red, debe, en particular, especificar la puerta de enlace mediante la introducción de la dirección IP de la máquina que actúa como puerta de enlace." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakgw.xml:123 @@ -3261,8 +2973,9 @@ msgstr "Detener la conexión compartida" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." -msgstr "" +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " +"sharing." +msgstr "Si desea dejar de compartir la conexión en el equipo de Mageia, inicie la herramienta. Ofrecerá configurar la conexión o detener el uso compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakhosts.xml:3 @@ -3274,7 +2987,8 @@ msgstr "Definiciones para los anfitriones" msgid "drakhosts" msgstr "drakhosts" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakhosts.xml:10 msgid "drakhosts.png" msgstr "drakhosts.png" @@ -3282,11 +2996,9 @@ msgstr "drakhosts.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 @@ -3308,7 +3020,7 @@ msgid "" "With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " "to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " "alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Con este botón, se agrega el nombre de un nuevo sistema. Obtendrá una ventana para especificar la dirección IP, el nombre de host para el sistema, y, opcionalmente, un alias que se puede utilizar de la misma manera que el nombre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:27 @@ -3320,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Modificar</guibutton>" msgid "" "You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " "same window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted puede acceder a los parámetros de una entrada previamente definida. Usted recibe la misma ventana." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 @@ -3332,7 +3044,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada para las interfaces de red y corta fuegos." msgid "drakinvictus" msgstr "drakinvictus" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "drakinvictus.png" @@ -3342,18 +3055,17 @@ msgstr "drakinvictus.png" #: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " +"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 @@ -3365,7 +3077,8 @@ msgstr "Centro de Redes" msgid "draknetcenter" msgstr "draknetcenter" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 msgid "draknetcenter.png" msgstr "draknetcenter.png" @@ -3373,11 +3086,9 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede lanzar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> como root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 @@ -3391,30 +3102,34 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 msgid "" "When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " -"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " -"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " -"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " -"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " -"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " -"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite," +" etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, " +"depending on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, " +"change its settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to " +"create a network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface " +"(LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 msgid "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-off.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 msgid "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" @@ -3424,35 +3139,36 @@ msgstr "draknetcenterWireless-on.png" msgid "" "In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" -"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " -"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " -"connected." +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder" +" type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " +"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not" +" connected." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" -"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " -"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " -"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " -"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " -"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " -"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " -"particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " +"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " +"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " +"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " +"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " +"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " +"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " +"key in particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Click en <guibutton>Refrescar</guibutton> para actualizar la pantalla." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 msgid "draknetcenter1.png" msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" @@ -3462,7 +3178,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter1.png" msgid "The Monitor button" msgstr "El botón de Monitor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 msgid "draknetcenter4.png" msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" @@ -3472,8 +3189,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter4.png" msgid "" "This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " "PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " -"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " -"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray" +" -> Monitor Network</guimenu>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3482,13 +3199,13 @@ msgid "" "There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " "local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " "gives details about connection status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay una ficha para cada red (aquí eth0 es la red cableada, lo del bucle de retorno local y wlan0 la red inalámbrica) y una conexión de pestaña que da detalles sobre el estado de conexión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" -"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " +"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3499,10 +3216,10 @@ msgstr "El botón de configuración" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Para un conexión de red por cable</emphasis>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 msgid "draknetcenter2.png" msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" @@ -3512,8 +3229,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter2.png" msgid "" "It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " "Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " -"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " -"configuration may give better results." +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual" +" configuration may give better results." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3537,18 +3254,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" -"</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el " -"Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " +"Manager:</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir que la interfaz sea controlada por el Administrador de Redes</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" msgstr "<guibutton>El botón Avanzado:</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 msgid "draknetcenter5.png" msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" @@ -3556,14 +3272,15 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - Para una red inalámbrica</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se explican sólo los artículos no vistos ya anteriormente." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 msgid "draknetcenter3.png" msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" @@ -3571,7 +3288,7 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de funcionamiento:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 @@ -3586,18 +3303,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de encriptación y clave de cifrado:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si se trata de una red privada, necesita saber estos ajustes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 msgid "" -"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " -"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a" +" passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " "personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " "in private networks." msgstr "" @@ -3605,16 +3322,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Permitir punto de acceso a la itinerancia</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 msgid "" "Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " "point while remaining connected to the network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Roaming es una tecnología que permite permite computadora para cambiar su punto de acceso mientras permanece conectado a la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 msgid "draknetcenter6.png" msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" @@ -3624,7 +3342,8 @@ msgstr "draknetcenter6.png" msgid "The Advanced Settings button" msgstr "El botón de Configuraciones avanzadas" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 msgid "draknetcenter7.png" msgstr "draknetcenter7.png" @@ -3639,7 +3358,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar los diferentes perfiles de red" msgid "draknetprofile" msgstr "draknetprofile" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 msgid "draknetprofile.png" msgstr "draknetprofile.png" @@ -3647,11 +3367,9 @@ msgstr "draknetprofile.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:9 @@ -3663,7 +3381,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando NFS" msgid "draknfs" msgstr "draknfs" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:16 msgid "draknfs.png" msgstr "draknfs.png" @@ -3676,29 +3395,28 @@ msgstr "Prerequisitos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:26 msgid "" -"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " -"first time, it may display the following message:" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the" +" first time, it may display the following message:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:33 -msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgid "" +"The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" msgstr "Se necesita instalar el paquete nfs-utils. ¿Quiere instalarlo?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:37 msgid "" "After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después de completar la instalación, aparece una ventana con una lista vacía." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:42 @@ -3726,7 +3444,8 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:58 msgid "draknfs4.png" msgstr "draknfs4.png" @@ -3754,7 +3473,7 @@ msgstr "Acceso de host" msgid "" "Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " "directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquí puede especificar los hosts que están autorizados para acceder al directorio compartido." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:77 @@ -3799,24 +3518,24 @@ msgstr "Mapeo de ID de usuario" msgid "" "<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " "0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " -"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " -"the server itself." +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on" +" the server itself." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " -"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing." +" This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:107 msgid "" -"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " -"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " -"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " -"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids" +" to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID" +" mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3835,12 +3554,9 @@ msgstr "Opciones avanzadas" #: en/draknfs.xml:120 msgid "" "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " -"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " -"is on by default." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las " -"solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED " -"(1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option" +" is on by default." +msgstr "<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: esta opción requiere que las solicitudes se originen en un puerto de Internet menor a IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). Esta opción está activada por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:124 @@ -3849,11 +3565,7 @@ msgid "" "and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " "request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " "using this option." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo " -"de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera " -"predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de " -"archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." +msgstr "<emphasis>Compartición de sólo lectura</emphasis>: permite peticiones sólo de lectura o de lectura y escritura en este volume NFS. De manera predeterminada no se permiten peticiones con cambios en el sistema de archivo. Esto también puede hacerse explícitamente utilizando esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:129 @@ -3861,11 +3573,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " "violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " "by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar " -"el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho " -"por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de " -"disco)." +msgstr "<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: no permite al servidor NFS violar el protocolo NFS ni responder peticiones antes de que cualquier cambio hecho por estas peticiones sea realizado a almacenamiento estable (ej. unidad de disco)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:134 @@ -3873,10 +3581,7 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " "help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " "exports(5) man page for more details." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que " -"puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir " -"la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." +msgstr "<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: habilita revisión de subárbol lo que puede ayudar a mejorar la seguridad en algunos casos, pero puede disminuir la confiabilidad. Vea la página de man exports(5) para mas detalles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 @@ -3886,9 +3591,10 @@ msgstr "Entradas de menú" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:143 msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hasta ahora, la lista tiene al menos una entrada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draknfs.xml:147 msgid "draknfs5.png" msgstr "draknfs5.png" @@ -3896,7 +3602,7 @@ msgstr "draknfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 msgid "File|Write conf" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archivo|Escribir conf" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:155 @@ -3906,28 +3612,25 @@ msgstr "Guardar la configuración actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:159 msgid "NFS Server|Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NFS Servidor|Reiniciar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 msgid "" "The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." -msgstr "" -"El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración " -"actuales." +msgstr "El servidor se ha parado y reiniciado con los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/draknfs.xml:166 msgid "NFS Server|Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "NFS Servidor|Recargar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." -msgstr "" -"La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración " -"actuales." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " +"files." +msgstr "La configuración mostrada se recarga desde los ficheros de configuración actuales." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakproxy.xml:10 @@ -3939,7 +3642,8 @@ msgstr "Proxy" msgid "drakproxy" msgstr "drakproxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakproxy.xml:17 msgid "drakproxy.png" msgstr "drakproxy.png" @@ -3947,32 +3651,30 @@ msgstr "drakproxy.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:22 msgid "" "If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " -"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " -"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net" +" administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " "some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:30 msgid "" -"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " -"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " -"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a" +" proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " "servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " "such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " "different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " "simplify and control their complexity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De Wikipedia, el 2012-09-24, artículo servidor Proxy: En las redes de computadoras, un servidor proxy es un servidor (un sistema informático o una aplicación) que actúa como intermediario en las peticiones de los clientes en busca de recursos de otros servidores. Un cliente se conecta al servidor proxy, solicitando algún servicio, como un archivo, la conexión, la página web, u otro recurso disponible en un servidor diferente. El servidor proxy evalúa la solicitud como una manera de simplificar y controlar su complejidad." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 @@ -3984,7 +3686,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar repositorios" msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" @@ -3992,11 +3695,11 @@ msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 msgid "" -"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " -"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " -"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " -"below)." -msgstr "" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as" +" repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources" +" to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button" +" below)." +msgstr "Lo primero que debe hacer después de una instalación es añadir fuentes de software (también conocido como repositorios, medios, espejos). Eso significa que usted debe seleccionar las fuentes de los medios que se utilizarán para instalar y actualizar los paquetes y aplicaciones. (consulte el botón Agregar de abajo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 @@ -4006,7 +3709,7 @@ msgid "" "used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " "packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " "media type CD-Rom)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si instala (o actualiza) Mageia utilizando un medio óptico (CD o DVD) o un dispositivo USB, habrá una fuente del software configurado para los medios ópticos utilizados. Para evitar que le solicite que inserte los medios al instalar nuevos paquetes, debe deshabilitar (o eliminar) este medio. (Contará con el tipo de medio CD-Rom)." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 @@ -4016,16 +3719,14 @@ msgid "" "your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " "don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " "the i586 and the x86_64 media." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su sistema se está ejecutando bajo una arquitectura que puede ser de 32 bits (llamado i586) o 64 bits (llamado x86_64). Algunos paquetes son independientes de si el sistema es de 32 bits o 64 bits; éstos se llaman paquetes noarch. Ellos no tienen sus propios directorios noarch en los espejos, pero están todos en tanto el i586 y x86_64 los medios de comunicación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 @@ -4050,10 +3751,7 @@ msgstr "Columna Activar" msgid "" "The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " "some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." -msgstr "" -"Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga " -"cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema " -"no funcione." +msgstr "Los repositorios marcados se usarán para instalar nuevos paquetes. Tenga cuidado porque los repositorios Testing y Debug pueden hacer que su sistema no funcione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 @@ -4072,35 +3770,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 msgid "Column medium:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Columna de de Medios:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 msgid "" "Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " "versions contain at least:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Muestra el nombre del medio. Repositorios oficiales de Mageia de versiones finales contienen al menos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " "available supported by Mageia." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> que contiene la mayoría de los programas disponibles compatibles con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " "which are not free" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> que contiene algunos programas que no son libres" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " "might be patent claims in some countries." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> software libre el cual no puede reivindicarse en algunos países debido a patentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 @@ -4112,9 +3810,7 @@ msgstr "Cada medio tiene cuatro subsecciones:" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " "this version of Mageia was released." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en " -"que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Liberación</emphasis> los paquetes como en el día en que la presente versión de Mageia fue liberada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 @@ -4122,22 +3818,22 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " "release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " "enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> los paquetes actualizados desde el lanzamiento por razones de seguridad o de errores. Todo el mundo debería tener este medio habilitado, incluso con una conexión a Internet muy lenta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " "backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> algunos paquetes de nuevas versiones de backports Caldero (la próxima versión en fase de desarrollo)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " -"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests" +" of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " "corrections." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> que se utiliza para las pruebas temporales de nuevas actualizaciones, para permitir que los reporteros de errores y el equipo de control de calidad para validar las correcciones." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 @@ -4155,11 +3851,7 @@ msgid "" "To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " "remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " "all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." -msgstr "" -"Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena " -"idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por " -"ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core " -"oficial del lanzamiento. " +msgstr "Pare eliminar un repositorio, haga click en él y en este botón. Es buena idea eliminar los repositorios usados durante la instalación (CD o DVD, por ejemplo) porque todos los paquetes se encuentran en el repositorio Core oficial del lanzamiento. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 @@ -4171,9 +3863,7 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Editar:</guibutton>" msgid "" "Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " "proxy)." -msgstr "" -"Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para " -"descargar y proxy)." +msgstr "Permite modificar la configuración del repositorio (URL, programa para descargar y proxy)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 @@ -4186,10 +3876,10 @@ msgid "" "Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " "contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " "adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " -"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " -"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a" +" specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " "from the drop-down \"File\" menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añadir los repositorios oficiales disponibles en Internet. Estos repositorios contienen software que es seguro y está bien probado. Al hacer clic en el botón \"Añadir\" añade servidores réplica de la configuración, que está diseñado para asegurarse de que instale y actualizace desde una réplica cercana a usted. Si prefiere elegir un espejo específico, a continuación, agreguer eligiendo \"Agregar un espejo específico\" en el menú desplegable \"Archivo\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 @@ -4200,10 +3890,10 @@ msgstr "<guibutton>Flechas arriba y abajo:</guibutton>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 msgid "" "Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " -"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " -"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " -"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." -msgstr "" +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same" +" release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release " +"will be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "Cambiar el orden de la lista. Cuando drakrpm busca un paquete, se lee la lista en el orden que se muestra y se instalará el primer paquete determinado para el mismo número de versión - en caso de un conflicto de versiones, se instalará la última versión. Así que si es posible, poner los repositorios más rápidos en la parte superior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 @@ -4218,28 +3908,29 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Fichero -> Actualizar:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 msgid "" -"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " -"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and" +" click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un espejo específico:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " -"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the" +" actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " "Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" @@ -4255,16 +3946,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Archivo -> Añadir un medio personalizado:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 msgid "" "It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " "isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es posible instalar un nuevo medio (de un tercero, por ejemplo) que no sea compatible con Mageia. Aparecerá una nueva ventana:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" @@ -4285,31 +3977,31 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Opciones globales:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" -"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " -"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " +"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " +"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este elemento le permite elegir cuándo \"Verificar RPMs para ser instalados\" (siempre o nunca), el programa de descarga (curl, wget o aria2) y definir la política de descarga para obtener información acerca de los paquetes (en la demanda -por defecto-, actualizar sólo, siempre o nunca)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Administrar claves:</guimenu>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 msgid "" -"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " -"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" -"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " -"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate" +" the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In " +"the window that appear, select a medium and then click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " +"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga esto con cuidado, al igual que con todas las cuestiones relacionadas con la seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 @@ -4320,16 +4012,17 @@ msgstr "<guimenu>Opciones -> Proxy:</guimenu>" #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 msgid "" "If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " -"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " -"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if" +" necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and " +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 msgid "" -"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" -"link>." +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki " +"page</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4342,7 +4035,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir discos y directorios utilizando Samba" msgid "draksambashare" msgstr "draksambashare" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:18 msgid "draksambashare.png" msgstr "draksambashare.png" @@ -4355,12 +4049,7 @@ msgid "" "the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " "also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " "resources of the Samba server." -msgstr "" -"Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir " -"recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite " -"configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. " -"Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con " -"este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " +msgstr "Samba es un protocolo usando en varios sistemas operativos para compartir recursos tales como directorios o impresoras. Esta herramienta permite configurar la máquina como un servidor Samba usando el protocolo SMB/CIFS. Este protocolo se usa también en Windows (R) y estaciones de trabajo con este sistema operativo pueden acceder a los recursos del servidor Samba. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:37 @@ -4381,26 +4070,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:50 msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asistente - servidor Autónomo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " +"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksambashare</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:52 msgid "" -"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " -"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks" +" if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " "not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:61 msgid "draksambashare0.png" msgstr "draksambashare0.png" @@ -4410,11 +4098,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare0.png" msgid "" "In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " "selected." -msgstr "" -"En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone " -"está seleccionada." +msgstr "En la siguiente ventana, la opción de configuración del servidor Standalone está seleccionada." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:71 msgid "draksambashare1.png" msgstr "draksambashare1.png" @@ -4422,18 +4109,19 @@ msgstr "draksambashare1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:77 msgid "" -"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " -"access to the shared resources." -msgstr "" +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the" +" access to the shared resources." +msgstr "A continuación, especifique el nombre del grupo de trabajo. Este nombre debe ser el mismo para el acceso a los recursos compartidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:80 msgid "" "The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " "the network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El nombre de NetBIOS es el nombre que se utilizará para designar el servidor en la red." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:85 msgid "draksambashare2.png" msgstr "draksambashare2.png" @@ -4462,9 +4150,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " "address or host name." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puede especificar qué máquinas tienen permiso para acceder a los recursos, con la dirección IP o nombre de host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:110 msgid "draksambashare3.png" msgstr "draksambashare3.png" @@ -4474,11 +4163,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare3.png" msgid "" "Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " "described in the Windows workstations." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este " -"servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." +msgstr "Especifique la pancarta del servidor. La pancarta es la forma en que este servidor será descrito en las estaciones de trabajo Windows." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:120 msgid "draksambashare4.png" msgstr "draksambashare4.png" @@ -4487,9 +4175,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare4.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:126 msgid "" "The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El lugar donde Samba puede registrar información se puede especificar en el siguiente paso." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:131 msgid "draksambashare5.png" msgstr "draksambashare5.png" @@ -4498,11 +4187,12 @@ msgstr "draksambashare5.png" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" -"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " +"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:143 msgid "draksambashare6.png" msgstr "draksambashare6.png" @@ -4510,9 +4200,10 @@ msgstr "draksambashare6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:151 msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Asistente - Controlador de dominio primario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:155 msgid "draksambashare13.png" msgstr "draksambashare13.png" @@ -4533,11 +4224,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " "group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " "account repository is shared between (security) controllers." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las " -"cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. " -"El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores " -"(de seguridad) del dominio." +msgstr "<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provee un mecanismo para almacenar todas las cuentas de usuario y grupo en un repositorio de cuentas central compartido. El repositorio de cuentas centralizado es compartido entre los controladores (de seguridad) del dominio." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:173 @@ -4547,9 +4234,10 @@ msgstr "Declare un directorio a compartir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:175 msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Con el botón <guibutton>Añadir</guibutton>, obtenemos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:179 msgid "draksambashare15.png" msgstr "draksambashare15.png" @@ -4557,13 +4245,14 @@ msgstr "draksambashare15.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" -"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " -"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " -"modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " +"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether" +" the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " +"name can not be modified." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:191 msgid "draksambashare16.png" msgstr "draksambashare16.png" @@ -4571,7 +4260,7 @@ msgstr "draksambashare16.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:203 msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando la lista tiene al menos una entrada, se pueden utilizar las entradas de menú." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:209 @@ -4591,12 +4280,12 @@ msgstr "Se puede ejecutar el asistente de nuevo con esta orden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:220 msgid "Samba server|Restart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Samba servidor|Reiniciar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:227 msgid "Samba Server|Reload" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Samba Servidor|Recargar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/draksambashare.xml:235 @@ -4608,7 +4297,8 @@ msgstr "Compartir impresora" msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." msgstr "Samba tambien le permite compartir impresoras" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:241 msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "draksambashare17.png" @@ -4626,7 +4316,8 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgid "Samba users" msgstr "Usuarios de Samba" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksambashare.xml:253 msgid "draksambashare18.png" msgstr "draksambashare18.png" @@ -4649,45 +4340,40 @@ msgstr "Configurar autenticación para las herramientas de Mageia" msgid "draksec" msgstr "draksec" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:11 -#, fuzzy msgid "draksec0.png" -msgstr "draksec.png" +msgstr "draksec0.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:15 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " "Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Ésta herramienta<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> se encuentra en el " -"Centro de Control de Mageia Control Center, bajo la pestaña Compartición de " -"Red, etiquetada <guilabel>Configurar comparticiones WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:19 msgid "" "It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " "usually done by the administrator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite dar a los usuarios habituales los derechos necesarios para realizar las tareas normalmente realizadas por el administrador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksec.xml:22 msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en la pequeña flecha antes del elemento que desea desplegar:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksec.xml:27 msgid "draksec.png" msgstr "draksec.png" @@ -4698,30 +4384,25 @@ msgid "" "Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " "the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " "drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La mayoría de las herramientas disponibles en el Centro de Control de Mageia se muestran en la parte izquierda de la ventana (ver la imagen de arriba) y para cada herramienta, una lista desplegable en la parte derecha abajo da la posibilidad de elegir entre:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:37 msgid "" "Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " "same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por defecto: El modo de puesta en marcha depende del nivel de seguridad elegido. Ver en la misma pestaña MCC, la función \"Configurar la seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditoría\"." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:43 msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." -msgstr "" -"Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la " -"herramienta se ejecute" +msgstr "Contraseña de usuario: La contraseña de usuario se pide antes que la herramienta se ejecute" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:48 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña de root: La contraseña de root se pide antes de ejecutar la " -"herramienta." +msgstr "Contraseña de administrador: La contraseña de root se pregunta antes de la puesta en marcha de herramientas" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/draksec.xml:53 @@ -4738,7 +4419,8 @@ msgstr "Instantáneas" msgid "draksnapshot-config" msgstr "draksnapshot-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" @@ -4746,18 +4428,16 @@ msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" -"guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " +"tools</guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4772,9 +4452,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" -"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " -"whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " +"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " +"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4782,21 +4462,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " -"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" -"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " -"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " -"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to" +" the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " +"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from" +" the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " +"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " +"are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " -"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" -"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted" +" USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4814,7 +4495,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de sonido" msgid "draksound" msgstr "draksound" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:10 msgid "draksound.png" msgstr "draksound.png" @@ -4822,11 +4504,9 @@ msgstr "draksound.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:14 @@ -4841,13 +4521,14 @@ msgid "" "Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " "PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " "sound problems or if you change the sound card." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Draksound ofrece configuracirar el sonido, incluidas las opciones del controlador, las oportunidades y problemas de PulseAudio. Si tiene problemas con el sonido o si cambia la tarjeta de sonido." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" -"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " -"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a" +" driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " +"card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -4861,10 +4542,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:33 msgid "" -"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " -"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " -"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " -"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound" +" inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the " +"resulting sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> " +"PulseAudio volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4872,18 +4553,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " "enabled." -msgstr "" -"PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo " -"activado." +msgstr "PulseAudio es el servidor de sonido por defecto y se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:41 msgid "" "<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " "is also recommended to leave it enabled." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos " -"programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." +msgstr "<guilabel>Libre de saltos</guilabel> mejora PulseAudio con algunos programas. También se recomienda dejarlo activado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksound.xml:44 @@ -4892,7 +4569,8 @@ msgid "" "three buttons:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/draksound.xml:49 msgid "Draksound1.png" msgstr "Draksound1.png" @@ -4923,7 +4601,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una UPS para monitoreo de energía" msgid "drakups" msgstr "drakups" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakups.xml:8 msgid "drakups.png" msgstr "drakups.png" @@ -4931,11 +4610,9 @@ msgstr "drakups.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakvpn.xml:3 @@ -4947,7 +4624,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar una conexión VPN para acceso seguro a redes" msgid "drakvpn" msgstr "drakvpn" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:11 msgid "drakvpn1.png" msgstr "drakvpn1.png" @@ -4955,11 +4633,9 @@ msgstr "drakvpn1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:18 @@ -4982,7 +4658,7 @@ msgstr "Configuración" msgid "" "First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " "protocol is used for your virtual private network." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En primer lugar, seleccione Cisco VPN concentrador o OpenVPN, dependiendo de qué protocolo se utiliza para su red privada virtual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:35 @@ -4999,7 +4675,8 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla, provee los detalles para su conexión VPN." msgid "For Cisco VPN" msgstr "Para las VPN de Cisco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:48 msgid "drakvpn3.png" msgstr "drakvpn3.png" @@ -5009,11 +4686,10 @@ msgstr "drakvpn3.png" msgid "" "For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " "first time the tool is used." -msgstr "" -"Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera " -"vez que se utilice." +msgstr "Para openvpn. El paquete openvpn y sus dependencias se instalarán la primera vez que se utilice." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:59 msgid "drakvpn7.png" msgstr "drakvpn7.png" @@ -5030,7 +4706,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Advanced parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros avanzados:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakvpn.xml:68 msgid "drakvpn8.png" msgstr "drakvpn8.png" @@ -5045,20 +4722,15 @@ msgstr "La siguiente pantalla le pide la dirección ip del gateway." msgid "" "When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " "connection." -msgstr "" -"Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la " -"conexión VPN." +msgstr "Cuando los parámetros se asignan, usted tiene la opción de iniciar la conexión VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:79 msgid "" "This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " -"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " -"to this VPN." -msgstr "" -"Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una " -"conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse " -"siempre a esta VPN." +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect" +" to this VPN." +msgstr "Esta conexión VPN puede ser configurada para iniciar automaticamente con una conexión de red. Para ello, reconfigure la conexión de red para conectarse siempre a esta VPN." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 @@ -5070,7 +4742,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar servidor web" msgid "drakwizard apache2" msgstr "drakwizard apache2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" @@ -5078,11 +4751,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 @@ -5094,14 +4765,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 msgid "What is a web server?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es un servidor web?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 msgid "" "Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " "accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Servidor Web es el software que ayuda a entregar el contenido web que se puede acceder a través de Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 @@ -5111,12 +4782,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor web." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 @@ -5130,10 +4802,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 @@ -5145,27 +4818,29 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 msgid "Server User Module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Módulo de usuario de servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 msgid "Allows users to create their own sites." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Permite a los usuarios crear sus propios sitios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60 msgid "User web directory name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre de la carpeta web del usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 @@ -5177,12 +4852,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 msgid "Server Document Root" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Server Document Root" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 @@ -5196,17 +4872,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 msgid "" -"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Take a second to check these options, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5215,10 +4893,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 @@ -5236,7 +4915,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DNS" msgid "drakwizard bind" msgstr "drakwizard bind" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" @@ -5244,11 +4924,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 @@ -5260,7 +4938,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar DHCP" msgid "drakwizard dhcp" msgstr "drakwizard dhcp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png" @@ -5275,24 +4954,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " -"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " -"be installed before you can access to it." +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should" +" be installed before you can access to it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 msgid "What is DHCP?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es DHCP?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 @@ -5301,7 +4978,7 @@ msgid "" "standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " "configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " "communication. (From Wikipedia)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El Protocolo de configuración dinámica de host (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) es un protocolo de red estándar utilizado en redes IP que configura dinámicamente direcciones IP y otra información que se necesita para la comunicación por Internet. (De Wikipedia)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 @@ -5311,40 +4988,43 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de servidor DHCP." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 msgid "Selecting Adaptor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selección de Adaptador" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 msgid "" "Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " -"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 msgid "Select IP range" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione el rango IP" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 @@ -5355,20 +5035,22 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 msgid "Hold on..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Espere..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 @@ -5380,18 +5062,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 msgid "Hours later..." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Horas más tarde..." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 msgid "What is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Qué se hace" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 @@ -5407,77 +5090,88 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" -"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " -"parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and " +"adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 msgid "<code>hname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>hname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 msgid "<code>dns</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dns</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 msgid "net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "red" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 msgid "ip" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ip" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 msgid "<code>mask</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>máscara</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 msgid "<code>rng1</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>rng1</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 msgid "<code>rng2</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>rng2</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 msgid "<code>dname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dname</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 msgid "<code>gateway</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>puerta de enlace</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 msgid "" -"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" -"code>" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file " +"<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiniciando <code>dhcpd.</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10 @@ -5489,7 +5183,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la hora" msgid "drakwizard ntp" msgstr "drakwizard ntp" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" @@ -5497,18 +5192,16 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " -"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " -"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed" +" by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " "packages." msgstr "" @@ -5525,22 +5218,26 @@ msgid "" "because this server always points to available time servers." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -5548,14 +5245,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 msgid "" -"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " -"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you" +" arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " "using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " "click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " "may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" @@ -5563,13 +5261,12 @@ msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" -msgstr "" -"Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" +msgstr "Click en el botón <guibutton>Finalizar</guibutton> para cerrar la aplicación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 msgid "This tool executes the following steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta herramienta ejecuta los siguientes pasos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93 @@ -5579,9 +5276,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 msgid "" -"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" -"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" -"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to " +"<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-" +"tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5601,17 +5298,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 msgid "" -"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" -"code> services;" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and " +"<code>ntpd</code> services;" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 msgid "" "Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." -msgstr "" -"Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como " -"referencia." +msgstr "Configurar el reloj del sistema con la hora actual usando UTC como referencia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 @@ -5623,7 +5318,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar FTP" msgid "drakwizard proftpd" msgstr "drakwizard proftpd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" @@ -5631,23 +5327,21 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>FTP</acronym> server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 @@ -5660,22 +5354,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configurando un servidor FTP con drakwizard proftpd" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23 msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de FTP. Abróchate el cinturón." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 @@ -5687,12 +5383,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 msgid "Server Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Información del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 @@ -5704,29 +5401,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 msgid "Server Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opciones del Servidor" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 msgid "" -"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " -"(File eXchange Protocol)" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym>" +" (File eXchange Protocol)" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10 @@ -5738,7 +5438,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar proxy" msgid "drakwizard squid" msgstr "drakwizard squid" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" @@ -5746,11 +5447,9 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 @@ -5786,20 +5485,22 @@ msgstr "Configurar un servidor proxy con drakwizard squid" msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de configuración de servidor proxy." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 msgid "Selecting the proxy port" msgstr "Seleccionando el puerto proxy" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 @@ -5813,10 +5514,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" msgstr "Establecer uso de memoria y disco" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 @@ -5827,18 +5529,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 msgid "Select Network Access Control" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione Control de Acceso a Redes" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 msgid "" -"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -5846,27 +5549,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Grant Network Access" msgstr "Otorgar acceso a la red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 -msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Otorgar acceso a redes locales, entonces haga clic en el botón <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" msgstr "¿Usar un proxy de nivel superior?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 @@ -5878,32 +5582,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" msgstr "URL y puerto del proxy de nivel superior" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 msgid "" -"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 msgid "Start during boot?" msgstr "¿Iniciar durante el arranque del sistema?" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 @@ -5912,10 +5619,11 @@ msgid "" "click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 @@ -5925,52 +5633,59 @@ msgstr "Instalando el paquete squid si es necesario;" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 msgid "" -"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." -"orig;</code>" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in " +"<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 msgid "" -"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." -"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from " +"<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 msgid "<code>localnet</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>localnet</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 msgid "cache_mem" -msgstr "" +msgstr "cache_mem" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 msgid "http_port" msgstr "http_port" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 msgid "" "<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>nivel</code> 1, 2 o 3 y <code>http_access</code> según el nivel" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 @@ -5987,7 +5702,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración del demonio OpenSSH" msgid "drakwizard sshd" msgstr "drakwizard sshd" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" @@ -5995,31 +5711,29 @@ msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakwizard ssh</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 msgid "" -"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " -"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an" +" <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué es <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 msgid "" "Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " "communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " -"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " -"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects," +" via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " "(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " "respectively). (From Wikipedia)" msgstr "" @@ -6039,16 +5753,18 @@ msgstr "Bienvenido al asistente de Open SSH." msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" msgstr "Seleccione las opciones de configuración" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 msgid "" -"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" -"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or " +"<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> @@ -6056,10 +5772,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General Options" msgstr "Opciones generales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 @@ -6071,12 +5788,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 msgid "Authentication Methods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Métodos de Autenticación" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 @@ -6088,29 +5806,31 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 msgid "Logging" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 msgid "" -"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>." -msgstr "" +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "Elija facilidad de registro y el nivel de salida, a continuación, haga clic en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 msgid "Login Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opciones Inicio de sesión" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 @@ -6120,12 +5840,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 msgid "User Login Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opciones de Inicio de sesión de Usuario" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 @@ -6136,12 +5857,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 msgid "Compression and Forwarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Compresión y Reenvío" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 @@ -6150,15 +5872,17 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/drakxservices.xml:3 @@ -6170,7 +5894,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema habilitando o deshabilitándolos" msgid "drakxservices" msgstr "drakxservices" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/drakxservices.xml:8 msgid "drakxservices.png" msgstr "drakxservices.png" @@ -6178,11 +5903,9 @@ msgstr "drakxservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/harddrake2.xml:10 @@ -6194,7 +5917,8 @@ msgstr "Configuración de hardware" msgid "harddrake2" msgstr "harddrake2" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/harddrake2.xml:17 msgid "harddrake2.png" msgstr "harddrake2.png" @@ -6202,11 +5926,9 @@ msgstr "harddrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:22 @@ -6247,8 +5969,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:43 msgid "" -"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " -"available at the bottom of the right column:" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are" +" available at the bottom of the right column:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6286,7 +6008,7 @@ msgstr "Dispositivos Jaz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:81 msgid "Zip parallel devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dispositivos zip paralelos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:83 @@ -6306,7 +6028,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar la distibución del teclado" msgid "keyboarddrake" msgstr "keyboarddrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 msgid "keyboarddrake.png" msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" @@ -6314,11 +6037,9 @@ msgstr "keyboarddrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 @@ -6338,9 +6059,9 @@ msgstr "Distribución del teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " -"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " -"layout should be used for." +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed" +" in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity " +"each layout should be used for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6365,7 +6086,8 @@ msgstr "Administrar la localización para su sistema" msgid "localedrake" msgstr "localedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/localedrake.xml:18 msgid "localedrake.png" msgstr "localedrake.png" @@ -6373,11 +6095,9 @@ msgstr "localedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 @@ -6448,7 +6168,8 @@ msgstr "Vea y busque los registros del sistema" msgid "logdrake" msgstr "logdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:10 msgid "logdrake.png" msgstr "logdrake.png" @@ -6456,18 +6177,16 @@ msgstr "logdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" -"guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " +"logs</guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6478,26 +6197,26 @@ msgstr "Ejecutar una búsqueda en los registros del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " -"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " -"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " -"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " -"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" -"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " -"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " -"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " +"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)" +" to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is" +" possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " +"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " +"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " +"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " +"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " +"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " -"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " -"updated each time a configuration is modified." +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia" +" configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs " +"are updated each time a configuration is modified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -6516,17 +6235,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" -"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " -"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " -"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " -"(See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " +"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " +"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " +"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " +"look watch. (See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:55 msgid "The following services can be watched :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se pueden ver los siguientes servicios:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:59 @@ -6568,7 +6287,8 @@ msgstr "Servicio Xinetd" msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" msgstr "Resolver Nombres de Dominio por BIND" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/logdrake.xml:91 msgid "logdrake1.png" msgstr "logdrake1.png" @@ -6577,8 +6297,8 @@ msgstr "logdrake1.png" #: en/logdrake.xml:97 msgid "" "In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " -"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " -"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows" +" the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " "out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " "to 3 times the number of processors." msgstr "" @@ -6604,28 +6324,24 @@ msgstr "lsnetdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">Isnetdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>sólo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " -"advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " +"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6641,11 +6357,9 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta desde la línea de comandos, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 @@ -6653,20 +6367,18 @@ msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " "used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " "root." -msgstr "" -"Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede " -"iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá " -"más información a su disposición." +msgstr "Esta herramienta <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>solo se puede iniciar desde la línea de comandos. Si la inicia como superusuario, tendrá más información a su disposición." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 msgid "" -"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " -"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB," +" PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " "packages to work." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 msgid "lspcidrake1.png" msgstr "lspcidrake1.png" @@ -6714,11 +6426,10 @@ msgstr "-i para ignorar mayúsculas/minúsculas" msgid "" "In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " "lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y " -"la opcion -i para grep." +msgstr "En la pantalla de abajo, puede ver la accion de la opcion -v en lspcidrake y la opcion -i para grep." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 msgid "lspcidrake2.png" msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" @@ -6728,9 +6439,7 @@ msgstr "lspcidrake2.png" msgid "" "There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " "called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" -msgstr "" -"Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" +msgstr "Hay otra herramienta que da información sobre el hardware, llamada <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (bajo root)" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 @@ -6742,7 +6451,8 @@ msgstr "Actualizar software" msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" @@ -6750,20 +6460,17 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" -"emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-" +"update</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> o <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" -"emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> @@ -6778,20 +6485,21 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23 msgid "" "As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " -"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " -"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by" +" default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " "<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28 msgid "" -"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " -"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of" +" the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " "means you can click to drop down a text." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:36 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" @@ -6800,8 +6508,8 @@ msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" -"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " +". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6809,7 +6517,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot" msgstr "Arranque" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 msgid "mcc-boot.png" msgstr "mcc-boot.png" @@ -6819,9 +6528,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-boot.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " "steps. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " -"arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el arranque de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 @@ -6848,7 +6555,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" msgid "Hardware" msgstr "Hardware" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 msgid "mcc-hardware.png" msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" @@ -6858,25 +6566,23 @@ msgstr "mcc-hardware.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " "hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el " -"hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar el hardware de su ordenador. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 msgid "Manage your hardware" msgstr "Administrar el hardware" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " +"hardware</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Ver y configurar el hardware</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" @@ -6886,16 +6592,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" msgid "Configure graphics" msgstr "Configurar los gráficos" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del " -"Escritorio</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " +"effects</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configurar los efectos 3D del Escritorio</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" @@ -6905,12 +6611,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" msgstr "Configurar teclado y ratón" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" @@ -6920,16 +6628,16 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" msgid "Configure printing and scanning" msgstr "Configurar impresoras y escáneres" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " -"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) " -"impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s)," +" the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Configurar la(s) impresora(s), las colas de trabajo de impresión...</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" @@ -6939,7 +6647,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" @@ -6961,7 +6670,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " +"tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6990,7 +6700,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Local disks" msgstr "Discos locales" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" @@ -7000,9 +6711,7 @@ msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " "local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o " -"compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para administrar o compartir sus discos locales. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 @@ -7024,7 +6733,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" msgid "Network Services" msgstr "Servicios de red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" @@ -7032,8 +6742,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " -"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if" +" the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " "between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " "on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -7068,7 +6778,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" msgid "Network Sharing" msgstr "Compartir red" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" @@ -7078,40 +6789,40 @@ msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " "directories. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir " -"discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para compartir discos y directorios. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" msgstr "Configurar comparticiones de Windows(R)" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " "directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y " -"directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Compartir discos y directorios con sistemas Windows (SMB)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 msgid "Configure NFS shares" msgstr "Configurar NFS" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" @@ -7121,7 +6832,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" msgstr "Configurar WebDAV" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" @@ -7131,7 +6843,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" msgid "Network and Internet" msgstr "Redes e internet" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-network.xml:8 msgid "mcc-network.png" msgstr "mcc-network.png" @@ -7139,28 +6852,29 @@ msgstr "mcc-network.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:12 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " -"below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la " -"red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link" +" below to learn more." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas para configurar la red. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-network.xml:18 msgid "Manage your network devices" msgstr "Administrar las tarjetas de red" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:21 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:29 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" @@ -7170,27 +6884,32 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" msgstr "Personalizar y proteger su red" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:39 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:43 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:47 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:51 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-network.xml:61 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" @@ -7200,7 +6919,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-security.xml:10 msgid "mcc-security.png" msgstr "mcc-security.png" @@ -7210,18 +6930,14 @@ msgstr "mcc-security.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " "link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga " -"click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varias herramientas de seguridad. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:20 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " "permissions and audit</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, " -"permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configurar seguridad del sistema, permisos y auditorías</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-security.xml:25 @@ -7248,7 +6964,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartir" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 msgid "mcc-sharing.png" msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" @@ -7257,8 +6974,8 @@ msgstr "mcc-sharing.png" #: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 msgid "" "This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " -"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " -"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can" +" choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " "below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." msgstr "" @@ -7277,7 +6994,8 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mcc-system.xml:9 msgid "mcc-system.png" msgstr "mcc-system.png" @@ -7287,26 +7005,27 @@ msgstr "mcc-system.png" msgid "" "In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " "tools. Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas " -"administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede elegir entre varios sistemas y herramientas administrativas. Haga click en el enlace para saber más." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> #: en/mcc-system.xml:18 msgid "Manage system services" msgstr "Administrar servicios del sistema" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:20 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:24 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:28 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" @@ -7316,12 +7035,14 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" msgid "Localization" msgstr "Localización" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:37 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:41 msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" @@ -7331,29 +7052,34 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" msgid "Administration tools" msgstr "Herramientas administrativas" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:50 msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:54 msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" -"emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " +"system</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:62 msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:66 msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" @@ -7367,34 +7093,25 @@ msgstr "Centro de Control de Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " -"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " -"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -7406,7 +7123,8 @@ msgstr "Configure la frecuencia de actualizaciones" msgid "mgaapplet-config" msgstr "mgaapplet-config" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" @@ -7414,20 +7132,18 @@ msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" -"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " -"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" -"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " +"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " +"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7435,7 +7151,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " +"out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -7448,7 +7165,8 @@ msgstr "Configurar el dispositivo puntero (ratón, touchpad, etc.)" msgid "mousedrake" msgstr "mousedrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/mousedrake.xml:11 msgid "mousedrake.png" msgstr "mousedrake.png" @@ -7456,11 +7174,9 @@ msgstr "mousedrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 @@ -7472,8 +7188,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " -"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by" +" Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7495,7 +7211,8 @@ msgstr "MSEC: Seguridad y Auditoría del Sistema" msgid "msecgui" msgstr "msecgui" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:13 msgid "msecgui.png" msgstr "msecgui.png" @@ -7503,17 +7220,15 @@ msgstr "msecgui.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:21 msgid "" -"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " -"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface" +" for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" @@ -7534,21 +7249,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:38 msgid "" -"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " -"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " -"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " -"own customised security levels." +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure" +" a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your" +" own customised security levels." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 msgid "Overview tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pestaña Resumen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:47 msgid "See the screenshot above" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ver la captura anterior" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:49 @@ -7573,17 +7288,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "msec itself with some information:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 msgid "enabled or not" -msgstr "" +msgstr "habilitado o no" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:72 msgid "the configured Base security level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "el nivel de seguridad base configurado" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:76 msgid "" "the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " @@ -7593,24 +7311,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:86 msgid "Security settings tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña opciones de seguridad" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:88 msgid "" -"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" -"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +"A click on the second tab or on the Security " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown " +"below." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 msgid "msecgui2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:100 msgid "Basic security tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña seguridad básica" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:103 @@ -7620,20 +7340,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:106 msgid "" -"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " -"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " -"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab" +" allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then" +" in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " "following levels are available:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:113 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " -"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " -"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " -"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " -"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you" +" do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on" +" your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only" +" if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " "vulnerable to attack." msgstr "" @@ -7651,21 +7371,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 msgid "" -"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " -"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " -"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " -"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " -"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when" +" you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts" +" system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and" +" 5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 msgid "" "Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " -"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " -"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " -"the most common use cases." +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-" +"configure system security according to the most common use cases." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7679,12 +7399,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 msgid "" -"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" -"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " -"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " -"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " -"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " -"configuration." +"These levels are saved in " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define " +"your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called " +"<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder " +"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power" +" users which require a customised or more secure system configuration." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7702,11 +7422,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:173 msgid "" -"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" -"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " -"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " -"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " -"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email " +"to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent " +"by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You" +" can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail" +" and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " "the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " "enable it." msgstr "" @@ -7715,44 +7435,45 @@ msgstr "" #: en/msecgui.xml:182 msgid "" "It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " -"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " -"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems." +" If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " "available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opciones de seguridad:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:190 msgid "" "Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " -"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " -"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" -"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " -"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " -"options." +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change" +" any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains " +"the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done " +"to the options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 msgid "System security tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña de seguridad del sistema" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:201 msgid "" "This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " -"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " -"column." +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side" +" column." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 msgid "msecgui3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:211 @@ -7764,10 +7485,11 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 msgid "msecgui11.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui11.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:224 @@ -7778,10 +7500,11 @@ msgid "" "saving them." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:232 msgid "msecgui10.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui10.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:238 @@ -7794,15 +7517,16 @@ msgid "" "This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:245 msgid "msecgui4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:251 msgid "Periodic checks tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña controles periódicos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:253 @@ -7819,50 +7543,55 @@ msgid "" "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 msgid "msecgui5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:270 msgid "Exceptions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pestaña excepciones" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:272 msgid "" "Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " -"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " -"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " -"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab" +" allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert" +" messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " "below shows four exceptions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 msgid "msecgui6.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" -"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" -msgstr "" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> " +"button" +msgstr "Para crear una excepción, pulse en el botón <guibutton>Añadir una regla</guibutton>" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 msgid "msecgui7.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:293 msgid "" "Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " -"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" -"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " -"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " -"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the " +"<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is " +"obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the " +"<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> " +"tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -7887,30 +7616,31 @@ msgid "" "the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " "intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " "also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " -"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" -"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " -"done to the permissions." +"you want. Current configuration is stored in " +"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the " +"list of all the modifications done to the permissions." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:318 msgid "msecgui8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:321 msgid "" "Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " -"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " -"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " -"given rule:" +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the" +" owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a" +" given rule:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:327 msgid "" -"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " -"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the" +" defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " "if not, but does not change anything." msgstr "" @@ -7925,22 +7655,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:337 msgid "" -"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 msgid "" -"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " -"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " -"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button" +" and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed " +"in the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:345 msgid "msecgui9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "msecgui9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:348 @@ -7963,11 +7694,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " "directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " -"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " -"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " -"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " -"be changed by msecperms." +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken " +"immediately into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root " +"rights. You can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions" +" that will be changed by msecperms." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> @@ -7990,12 +7721,9 @@ msgstr "Otras herramientas de Mageia" #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 msgid "" "There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " -"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " -"next pages." -msgstr "" -"Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el " -"control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe " -"leyendo las próximas páginas." +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the" +" next pages." +msgstr "Hay más herramientas de Mageia que las que se muestran en el Centro el control de Mageia. Pulse en un enlace más abajo para saber más o continúe leyendo las próximas páginas." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 @@ -8015,7 +7743,7 @@ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>A ser escrito</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 @@ -8032,7 +7760,8 @@ msgstr "Gestor de Software (Instalar y Desinstalar Software)" msgid "rpmdrake" msgstr "rpmdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 msgid "rpmdrake.png" msgstr "rpmdrake.png" @@ -8045,11 +7774,9 @@ msgstr "Introducción a rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -8063,28 +7790,29 @@ msgid "" "certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " "default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " "packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " -"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " -"included in the packages." +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names" +" included in the packages." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" -"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend" +"=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 msgid "rpmdrake8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "rpmdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 msgid "" "During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " -"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " -"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake" +" will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " "window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " "annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " "download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " @@ -8103,7 +7831,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The main parts of the screen" msgstr "Las partes principales de la pantalla" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 msgid "rpmdrake1.png" msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" @@ -8111,7 +7840,7 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:67 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro de tipo de paquete:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 @@ -8119,24 +7848,24 @@ msgid "" "This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " "time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " "interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " -"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " -"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only," +" updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 msgid "" "The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " -"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " -"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " -"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading" +" this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge" +" of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" -"firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " +"</firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8150,7 +7879,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modo de búsqueda:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 @@ -8163,7 +7892,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">cuadro \"Buscar\":</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 @@ -8176,7 +7905,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Borrar todo:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 @@ -8188,26 +7917,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lista de categorias:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " -"sub categories." +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and" +" sub categories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Descripción del panel:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 msgid "" "This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " -"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " -"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It" +" can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " "package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." msgstr "" @@ -8224,66 +7953,78 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" -"guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " +"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 msgid "Icon" msgstr "Icono" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 msgid "Legend" msgstr "Leyenda" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 msgid "rpmdrake2.png" msgstr "rpmdrake2.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 msgid "This package is already installed" msgstr "El paquete ya está instalado" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 msgid "rpmdrake3.png" msgstr "rpmdrake3.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 msgid "This package will be installed" msgstr "Este paquete se instalará" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 msgid "rpmdrake4.png" msgstr "rpmdrake4.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 msgid "This package cannot be modified" msgstr "Este paquete no se puede modificar" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 msgid "rpmdrake5.png" msgstr "rpmdrake5.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 msgid "This package is an update" msgstr "Este paquete es una actualización." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 msgid "rpmdrake6.png" msgstr "rpmdrake6.png" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 msgid "This package will be uninstalled" msgstr "Este paquete se desinstalará" @@ -8312,17 +8053,15 @@ msgid "" "If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " "with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when " "clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de " -"estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado " -"al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." +msgstr "Si selecciono qdigidoc (que no está instalado, vea el estado), el icono de estado color naranja con una flecha hacia abajo aparecerá y será instalado al hacer clic en <guibutton> Aplicar </guibutton> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 msgid "The dependencies" msgstr "Las dependencias" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 msgid "rpmdrake7.png" msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" @@ -8330,14 +8069,14 @@ msgstr "rpmdrake7.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 msgid "" -"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " -"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They" +" are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " "information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " "dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " "may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " "library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " -"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " -"install." +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to" +" install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -8360,9 +8099,7 @@ msgstr "Instalación" msgid "" "You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " "<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." -msgstr "" -"Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, " -"escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "Puede iniciar esta herramienta como superusuario desde la línea de comando, escribiendo <emphasis role=\"bold\">scannerdrake</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 @@ -8378,17 +8115,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " "message:" -msgstr "" -"Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el " -"siguiente mensaje:" +msgstr "Cuando usted inicia esta herramiente por primera vez, puede obtener el siguiente mensaje:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 msgid "" "<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los " -"escáneres</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>\"Se necesita instalar los paquetes SANE para utilizar los escáneres</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 @@ -8402,7 +8135,8 @@ msgid "" "gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 msgid "scannerdrake.png" msgstr "scannerdrake.png" @@ -8419,8 +8153,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8435,11 +8169,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 msgid "" -"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " -"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the" +" list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 msgid "scannerdrake2.png" msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" @@ -8447,17 +8182,17 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" -"emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " +"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " -"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." -"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " +"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -8465,26 +8200,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose port" msgstr "Escoja el puerto" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 msgid "scannerdrake3.png" msgstr "scannerdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 -msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" -"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " -"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " +"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that" +" case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8497,11 +8229,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" -"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " +"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 msgid "scannerdrake4.png" msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" @@ -8511,7 +8244,8 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake4.png" msgid "Scannersharing" msgstr "Scannersharing" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 msgid "scannerdrake5.png" msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" @@ -8519,15 +8253,11 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " -"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be" +" accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " "decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " "this machine." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder " -"accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede " -"decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar " -"accesibles desde esta computadora." +msgstr "Aquí puede elegir si los escáneres conectados a esta máquina deberían poder accederse desde máquinas remotas y desde qué máquinas remotas. También puede decidir cuáles escáneres conectados a ordenadores remotos deben estar accesibles desde esta computadora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 @@ -8544,7 +8274,8 @@ msgid "" "from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 msgid "scannerdrake6.png" msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" @@ -8552,9 +8283,10 @@ msgstr "scannerdrake6.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scanner compartir con los hosts: puede agregar host." -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 msgid "scannerdrake7.png" msgstr "scannerdrake7.png" @@ -8566,20 +8298,22 @@ msgid "" "machines." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 msgid "scannerdrake8.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "scannerdrake8.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." msgstr "\"Todas las máquinas remotas\" tienen acceso al escáner local" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 msgid "scannerdrake9.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "scannerdrake9.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 @@ -8591,17 +8325,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al final, la herramienta se deben modificar estos archivos:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 @@ -8613,14 +8347,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" -"emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 msgid "Specifics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Especificos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 @@ -8632,8 +8366,8 @@ msgstr "Hewlett-Packard" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" -"emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " +"Manager</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8644,13 +8378,13 @@ msgstr "Epson" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" -"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " -"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " -"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " -"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " -"ignored." +"Drivers are available from <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" page</link>. When indicated, you must install the <emphasis>iscan-" +"data</emphasis> package first, then <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this " +"order). It is possible that the <emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will " +"generate a warning about a conflict with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users " +"have reported that this warning can be ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -8681,21 +8415,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " "each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando el firmware de su dispositivo necesita ser cargado, puede tardar mucho tiempo en cada primer uso, posiblemente más de un minuto. Así que se paciente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" -"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" -"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8703,43 +8437,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Software Management" msgstr "Gestión de software" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/software-management.xml:10 msgid "software-management.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "software-management.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " -"Click on a link below to learn more." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión " -"de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management." +" Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "En esta pantalla se puede elegir entre varias herramientas para la gestión de software. Haga clic en el enlace de abajo para obtener más información." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:17 msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " +"system</emphasis>" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Actualiza tu sistema</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:23 msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:26 msgid "" "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " "sources for install and update</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configurar las fuentes de medios para instalar y actualizar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 @@ -8749,12 +8482,13 @@ msgstr "Instalar y configurar una impresora" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 msgid "system-config-printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "system-config-printer" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 msgid "system-config-printer.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "system-config-printer.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 @@ -8786,31 +8520,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" -">." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "MCC le preguntará por la instalación de dos paquetes:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 msgid "task-printing-server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "task-printing-server" #. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 msgid "task-printing-hp" -msgstr "" +msgstr "task-printing-hp" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 msgid "" "It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " "dependencies are needed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es necesario aceptar esta instalación para continuar. Hasta 230MB de dependencias son necesarios." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 @@ -8831,45 +8565,46 @@ msgstr "Impresora detectada automáticamente" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" -"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " +"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " -"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " -"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the" +" next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 msgid "No automatically detected printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "No detectó automáticamente la impresora" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 msgid "printer3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "printer3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 msgid "" -"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " -"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window" +" to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " "options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 msgid "Select printer from database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccione la impresora desde la base de datos" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 msgid "provide PPD file" -msgstr "" +msgstr "proporcionar archivo PPD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 msgid "search for a driver to download" -msgstr "" +msgstr "buscar un controlador para descargar" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 @@ -8884,7 +8619,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 msgid "Complete the installation process" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Completar el proceso de instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 @@ -8906,17 +8641,17 @@ msgstr "Impresora en red" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 msgid "" "Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " -"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " -"another workstation that serves as printserver." +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to" +" another workstation that serves as printserver." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 msgid "" -"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " -"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " -"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " -"one." +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed" +" IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the " +"same as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a " +"fixed one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8924,8 +8659,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " "printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " -"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " -"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label" +" on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " "Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " "as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " "after \"HWaddr\"." @@ -8934,9 +8669,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 msgid "" -"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " -"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " -"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to" +" your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose," +" you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " "Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " "and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " "says \"host\"." @@ -8953,8 +8688,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 msgid "" -"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " -"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find" +" which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -8971,9 +8706,9 @@ msgid "" "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " "which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" "address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " -"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" -"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " -"not required." +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " +"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " +"IP-adress is not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -8982,14 +8717,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " "protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " "the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " -"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " -"the same as above." +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is" +" the same as above." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 msgid "printer5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "printer5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 @@ -9016,8 +8752,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " -"with TLS secured protocol." +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but" +" with TLS secured protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -9045,17 +8781,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 msgid "Appsocket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Appsocket" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Protocolo de Impresion por Internet (IPP)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 @@ -9080,8 +8816,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." -"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS" +" documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -9093,11 +8830,12 @@ msgstr "Propiedades del dispositivo" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " -"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" -"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " -"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " -"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your" +" system, but you can specify a different one with the " +"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " +"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters" +" of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " +"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -9115,23 +8853,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" -"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " +"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" -"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " -"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " -"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " -"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " -"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " -"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " -"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " -"drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " +"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package" +" is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " +"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report" +" the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " +"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " +"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-" +"date drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9142,9 +8880,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Brother</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" -"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " -"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link " +"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html\">This" +" page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " +"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9156,18 +8895,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " +"devices</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Impresoras Hewlett-Packard y dispositivos todo en uno</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" -"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" -"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/index.html\">here</link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available " +"in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" "web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " "of the printer." msgstr "" @@ -9187,30 +8927,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoara a color Samsung</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " -"protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " +"for the QPDL protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras y scaners Epson</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" -"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" -"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " -"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " -"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " -"according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " +"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this" +" search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-" +"data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package" +" can also be available and is to install. Choose the " +"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -9223,7 +8963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">impresoras Canon</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 @@ -9240,18 +8980,19 @@ msgstr "Importar documentos y configuración de Windows™" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 msgid "transfugdrake" -msgstr "" +msgstr "transfugdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 msgid "transfugdrake.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "transfugdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9267,9 +9008,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" -"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " -"computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " +"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -9284,7 +9025,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " "explanation about the tool and import options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después de iniciar transfugdrake verá la primera página del asistente con una explicación acerca de las opciones de la herramienta y de importación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 @@ -9299,74 +9040,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " "choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " -"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " -"than yours own." +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account" +" than yours own." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 msgid "transfugdrake1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "transfugdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " -"incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " +"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 msgid "" "Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La migración puede llevar algún tiempo, dependiendo del tamaño de las carpetas de documentos." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " -"use such accounts for the import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " +"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " +"import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " -"documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import documents:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 msgid "transfugdrake2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "transfugdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" -"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" -"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " -"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " +"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " +"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " +"appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 msgid "" "When you finished with the document import method choosing press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import bookmarks:" +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method" +" to import bookmarks:" msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 msgid "transfugdrake3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "transfugdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 @@ -9379,24 +9125,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton>" +" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La página siguiente le permite importar el fondo del escritorio:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 msgid "transfugdrake4.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "transfugdrake4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9406,10 +9154,11 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 msgid "transfugdrake5.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "transfugdrake5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/userdrake.xml:11 @@ -9419,18 +9168,19 @@ msgstr "Usuarios y Grupos" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> #: en/userdrake.xml:13 msgid "userdrake" -msgstr "" +msgstr "userdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:18 msgid "userdrake.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "userdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" -"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9445,32 +9195,33 @@ msgstr "" #: en/userdrake.xml:27 msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " -"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " -"(ID, shell, ...)" -msgstr "" +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings" +" (ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "La herramienta permite a un administrador gestionar los usuarios y los grupos, esto significa añadir o eliminar un usuario o grupo y modificar la configuración de usuario y de grupo (ID, shell, ...)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:31 msgid "" -"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " -"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in" +" the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " "<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:35 msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<guibutton>1 Añadir Usuario</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:37 msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" msgstr "Este botón abre una ventana nueva con todos los campos vacíos:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:41 msgid "userdrake1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "userdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:45 @@ -9483,23 +9234,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:49 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role = \"bold\">Login</emphasis> es el único campo obligatorio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " -"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " -"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " -"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended." +" There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower" +" and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " "orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:59 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " -"you entered what you intended to." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure" +" you entered what you intended to." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9528,19 +9279,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:73 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Añadir Grupo</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:75 msgid "" "You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " "group ID." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted sólo tendrá que introducir el nombre del grupo y, si es necesario, el ID de grupo específico." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:78 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Editar</emphasis> (con un usuario seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:80 @@ -9552,12 +9303,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Información de Cuenta</emphasis>:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:87 msgid "userdrake2.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "userdrake2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:91 @@ -9565,14 +9317,14 @@ msgid "" "The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " "Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " "accounts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La primera opción es para establecer una fecha de caducidad de la cuenta. La conexión es imposible después de esta fecha. Esto es útil para cuentas temporales." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:95 msgid "" "The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " "as the account is locked." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La segunda opción es bloquear la cuenta, la conexión es imposible mientras la cuenta está bloqueada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:98 @@ -9587,10 +9339,11 @@ msgid "" "password periodically." msgstr "" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/userdrake.xml:106 msgid "userdrake3.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "userdrake3.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:110 @@ -9604,12 +9357,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " "effective until his/her next login." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si está modificando una cuenta de usuario conectado, las modificaciones no serán efectivos hasta su próximo inicio de sesión." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:118 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Editar</emphasis> (con un grupo seleccionado)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:120 @@ -9623,27 +9376,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " "users who are members of the group" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede " -"seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Usuarios de grupo</emphasis> : Aquí puede seleccionar los usuarios que son miembros del grupo" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:126 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Eliminar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" -"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " -"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " -"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el " -"usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse " -"también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " +"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " +"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "Seleccione un usuario o grupo y haga clic en <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eliminar</emphasis> para eliminarlo. Aparece una ventana en la que el usuario debe indicar si algún directorio o buzón de correo debe eliminarse también. Si el usuario ha creado algún grupo privado, se elimininará. " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:133 @@ -9653,19 +9400,19 @@ msgstr "Es posible eliminar un grupo que no este vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:136 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refrescar</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:138 msgid "" -"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " -"refresh the display." -msgstr "" +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to" +" refresh the display." +msgstr "La base de datos del usuario se puede cambiar fuera de UserDrake. Haga clic en este icono para actualizar la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:141 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Cuenta Invitado</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:143 @@ -9673,8 +9420,8 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " "intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " "security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " -"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " -"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories" +" are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " "to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " "account</guimenu>." msgstr "" @@ -9689,17 +9436,18 @@ msgstr "Configurar el servidor gráfico" msgid "XFdrake" msgstr "XFdrake" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:10 msgid "XFdrake.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XFdrake.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" -"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " -"capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " +"as root. Mind the capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9707,8 +9455,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" -"\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -9719,7 +9467,7 @@ msgstr "Los botones le permiten cambiar la configuración gráfica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:25 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tarjeta gráfica</emphasis>:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:27 @@ -9727,7 +9475,7 @@ msgid "" "The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " "configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " "one with a proprietary driver." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La tarjeta gráfica detectada actualmente se visualiza y el servidor gráfico correspondiente está configurado. Haga clic en este botón para cambiar el controlador, por ejemplo, por un controlador propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:31 @@ -9758,39 +9506,41 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " -"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." -msgstr "" +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " +"example)." +msgstr "Si usted hizo su opción para un controlador libre, es posible que se le pregunte si desea utilizar un driver propietario con más funciones (efectos 3D, por ejemplo)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " -"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " -"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor" +" isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " "<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:54 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolución:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " "colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este botón permite la elección de la resolución (número de píxeles) y la profundidad de color (número de colores). Se muestra la siguiente pantalla:" -#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: +#. <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/XFdrake.xml:61 msgid "XFdrake1.png" -msgstr "" +msgstr "XFdrake1.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:59 @@ -9802,8 +9552,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:66 msgid "" -"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " -"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another" +" one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " "and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " "set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " "select an uncomfortable setting." @@ -9812,21 +9562,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:72 msgid "" -"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " -"another one." -msgstr "" +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for" +" another one." +msgstr "El segundo botón muestra la profundidad actual de color, haga clic para cambiarlo por otro." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:76 msgid "" "Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " "restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dependiendo de la resolución elegida, puede ser necesario cerrar la sesión y reiniciar el entorno gráfico para que los cambios surtan efecto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:83 msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:85 @@ -9834,15 +9584,15 @@ msgid "" "Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " "on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " "graphical environment doesn't work." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez que la configuración del hecho, se recomienda hacer una prueba antes de hacer clic en Aceptar, ya que es más fácil modificar los ajustes ahora que más tarde si el entorno gráfico no funciona." #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:90 msgid "" "In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " -"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " -"XFdrake's text version." -msgstr "" +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use" +" XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "En caso de que el entorno gráfico no funcione, presione Alt + Ctrl + F2 para abrir un entorno de texto, se conectan como root y tipean XFdrake (con las tapas) para utilizar la versión de texto de XFdrake." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 @@ -9876,16 +9626,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" -"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " -"unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " +"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " +"may be unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:112 msgid "" -"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " -"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask" +" you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " "previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " "and reconnect to activate the new configuration." msgstr "" |